Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

TW200843852A - Functional surface catalyst composition - Google Patents

Functional surface catalyst composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200843852A
TW200843852A TW096142576A TW96142576A TW200843852A TW 200843852 A TW200843852 A TW 200843852A TW 096142576 A TW096142576 A TW 096142576A TW 96142576 A TW96142576 A TW 96142576A TW 200843852 A TW200843852 A TW 200843852A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
glass
sample
ion exchange
treatment
solution
Prior art date
Application number
TW096142576A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Robert L Bedard
Dean E Rende
Ally Seng Yoot Chan
Original Assignee
Uop Llc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Uop Llc filed Critical Uop Llc
Publication of TW200843852A publication Critical patent/TW200843852A/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J21/00Catalysts comprising the elements, oxides, or hydroxides of magnesium, boron, aluminium, carbon, silicon, titanium, zirconium, or hafnium
    • B01J21/06Silicon, titanium, zirconium or hafnium; Oxides or hydroxides thereof
    • B01J21/08Silica
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J21/00Catalysts comprising the elements, oxides, or hydroxides of magnesium, boron, aluminium, carbon, silicon, titanium, zirconium, or hafnium
    • B01J21/12Silica and alumina
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/16Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, polonium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium or rhenium
    • B01J23/24Chromium, molybdenum or tungsten
    • B01J23/30Tungsten
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/38Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
    • B01J23/40Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/38Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
    • B01J23/40Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
    • B01J23/42Platinum
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/38Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
    • B01J23/40Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
    • B01J23/44Palladium
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/38Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
    • B01J23/48Silver or gold
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/70Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of the iron group metals or copper
    • B01J23/74Iron group metals
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/70Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of the iron group metals or copper
    • B01J23/74Iron group metals
    • B01J23/75Cobalt
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J27/00Catalysts comprising the elements or compounds of halogens, sulfur, selenium, tellurium, phosphorus or nitrogen; Catalysts comprising carbon compounds
    • B01J27/14Phosphorus; Compounds thereof
    • B01J27/185Phosphorus; Compounds thereof with iron group metals or platinum group metals
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/30Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/50Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their shape or configuration
    • B01J35/58Fabrics or filaments
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/60Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J37/00Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
    • B01J37/02Impregnation, coating or precipitation
    • B01J37/0201Impregnation
    • B01J37/0207Pretreatment of the support
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J37/00Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
    • B01J37/06Washing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J37/00Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
    • B01J37/28Phosphorising
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J37/00Processes, in general, for preparing catalysts; Processes, in general, for activation of catalysts
    • B01J37/30Ion-exchange
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/16Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, polonium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium or rhenium
    • B01J23/24Chromium, molybdenum or tungsten
    • B01J23/26Chromium
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/16Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of arsenic, antimony, bismuth, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, polonium, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, technetium or rhenium
    • B01J23/32Manganese, technetium or rhenium
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/70Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of the iron group metals or copper
    • B01J23/72Copper
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/30Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
    • B01J35/391Physical properties of the active metal ingredient
    • B01J35/394Metal dispersion value, e.g. percentage or fraction
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/30Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their physical properties
    • B01J35/396Distribution of the active metal ingredient
    • B01J35/397Egg shell like
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/60Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J35/61Surface area
    • B01J35/612Surface area less than 10 m2/g

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Catalysts (AREA)

Abstract

A catalyst composition, useful for a diversity of chemical production processes, preferably comprises a glass substrate, with one or more functional surface active constituents integrated on and/or in the substrate surface. A substantially nonporous substrate has (i) a total surface area between about 0.01 m<SP>2</SP>/g and 10 m<SP>2</SP>/g; and (ii) a predetermined isoelectric point (IEP) obtained in a pH range greater than 0, preferably greater than or equal to 4.5, or more preferably greater than or equal to 6.0, but less than or equal to 14. At least one catalytically-active region may be contiguous or discontiguous and has a mean thickness less than or equal to about 30 nm, preferably less than or equal to 20 nm and more preferably less than or equal to 10 nm. Preferably, the substrate is a glass composition having a SARCNa less than or equal to about 0.5.

Description

200843852 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 入=發明係、關於—種觸媒組合物及其製備方法,該觸媒組 二:用於各種化學製造方法及各種排放控制方法。更具 二:’本發明係關於-種觸媒組合物,其較佳包括玻璃 二:中在基貝表面上及/或基質表面内整合一或多種 吕月匕性表面活性成分。 【先前技術】 作Γ媒、、且合物用於促進—類―般被㈣為催化反應或催化 、+反應’而催化作用對於有效操作各種化學製程 主關重要。 卩,邛分工業反應及幾乎所有之生物反應若非催化反應, 二疋涉及催化反應的反應前或反應後處理。僅就美國而 二:在其中某階段包括催化作用之過程所出產之產品價值 就接近-兆美元(USD)。使用觸媒組合物生產之產品包括 :如食品、服裝、藥物、日用化學品、特製或精細化學 °°、塑膠、洗滌劑、燃料及潤滑劑等。觸媒組合物還可用 於:理排放物(例如汽車尾氣排放物、煉製廠排放物、公 用设施工廠排放物等)及其他製程排放流,以降低可能對 颏健康或%境造成負面影響之有害成分的含量。 、就了場銷售額而言,用於異相催化反應之固载觸媒在全 =市場之銷售額約為每年30億美元。固载觸媒通常分為三 :員即石油煉製觸媒、化學加工觸媒及排放控制觸媒。該 —颜觸媒之市場銷售基本上三分天下。例如,199〇年,在 I26422.doc 200843852 美國18億美元之固體觸媒市場中,石油煉製、化學加工及 排放控制觸媒分佔市場之37%、34%及29%。以石油煉製 觸媒市場(1990年約為1〇億美元)為例,%%之收益來自流 體媒衣法(FCC)觸媒,而31·5%、6 5%及4 5%之收益分別來 自加氫處理觸媒、氫化裂解觸媒及重整觸媒。 就化學機理觀點而言,觸媒通常可在自身實質上沒有消 耗之情況下,提高使某種化學反應在反應物與產物之間達 到平衡狀悲的速率。所以,對於任何相關之反應而言,觸 媒雖…、、不%改變反應物與產物之間的平衡狀態、,但若經適 當料及/或挑選,觸媒可加快化學反應之速率。 口 /〜出於各種目的將觸媒用於範圍廣泛之商業實用製 /等目的包括提南製程之反應性、選擇性及能量效率 及^他:!。例如,按照規定的製程條件生產出所需之產 …提η反應物之反應速率或反應@可縮短處理時間, 用以獲得更高的產物生產能力(例如,增加每單位小時之 ί:勿體積或質幻。所以,觸媒活性係指觸媒組合物㈣ Γ立内有效將反應物轉化成所需產物的能力。同樣 產物2 0應遠擇性可在—組可能的反應產物中提高所需 =二分率··在該等可能之反應產物中,有些產物 J月b亚非所需且愛i 化。因此^ 步處理㈣行相應之移除或轉 化 口此’觸媒選擇性 定之製m 觸媒組合物將-部分反應物在規 &amp; 、'木下轉化成特定產物的能力。另外,觸媒%人 物可用於在某_制妒士 Μ 力汁觸媒組合 或產物之含量。另^轉化並降低污染物或非所需反應物 另外-項用途則為在維持或改善產物生產 126422.doc 200843852 同時提高反應製程之總體能量致 能力及/或反應選擇性的 率 〇 碉媒之便用範圍相差招士 , ^ 例如(但不限於)觸媒能夠用 於降低諸如經、一氧化硭卜 厌(C〇)、氮氧化物(N〇x)及硫氧化 (S〇X)等以物含量,該等污染物可存在於-系列製程 (例如車輛之汽油機或柴油機燃燒廢氣、分類石油煉製: 燃煤製程等)之排放物中同 一 、 T同樣地,觸媒可用於烴之處理200843852 IX. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention pertains] In the invention, the invention, the catalyst composition and the preparation method thereof, the catalyst group 2: used in various chemical manufacturing methods and various emission control methods. More specifically: 'The present invention relates to a catalyst composition which preferably comprises glass two: one or more lyophilized surface active ingredients are integrated on the surface of the carbene and/or in the surface of the substrate. [Prior Art] As a catalyst, the compound is used to promote the class-like (four) catalytic reaction or catalysis, + reaction, and the catalysis is important for the effective operation of various chemical processes.卩, 邛 工业 industrial reaction and almost all biological reactions, if not catalytic reaction, 疋 involved in the catalytic reaction before or after the reaction. Just for the United States. 2: The value of a product produced at a certain stage including a catalytic process is close to - US$ (USD). Products produced using catalyst compositions include: foods, clothing, pharmaceuticals, household chemicals, specialty or fine chemicals, plastics, detergents, fuels and lubricants. Catalyst compositions can also be used to treat emissions (such as vehicle exhaust emissions, refinery emissions, utility plant emissions, etc.) and other process emissions streams to reduce potential negative impacts on health or the environment. The content of harmful ingredients. In terms of market sales, the sales of the solid-loaded catalyst for heterogeneous catalytic reactions in the full = market is about $3 billion per year. The solid-loaded catalyst is usually divided into three parts: a petroleum refining catalyst, a chemical processing catalyst, and an emission control catalyst. The market for the sale of the sensor is basically three-thirds of the world. For example, in the year of 1999, in the $1,800 million solid catalyst market of the United States, petroleum refining, chemical processing and emission control catalysts accounted for 37%, 34% and 29% of the market. Take the petroleum refining catalyst market (about $100 million in 1990) as an example. %% of the revenue comes from the Fluid Media Act (FCC) catalyst, while 31.5%, 65% and 45% yield From the hydrotreating catalyst, hydrogenation cracking catalyst and reforming catalyst. From a chemical mechanism point of view, the catalyst generally increases the rate at which a chemical reaction strikes a balance between the reactants and the product without substantially eliminating itself. Therefore, for any relevant reaction, the catalyst does not change the equilibrium state between the reactants and the product, but the catalyst can accelerate the rate of the chemical reaction if properly and/or selected. / / For a variety of purposes, the catalyst is used in a wide range of commercial practical systems / etc. The objectives include the reactivity, selectivity and energy efficiency of the Tynan process and ^ he:! . For example, according to the specified process conditions, the desired reaction rate or reaction @ can be produced to shorten the treatment time, in order to obtain higher product production capacity (for example, increase per unit hour): Or illusory. Therefore, the catalytic activity refers to the ability of the catalyst composition (4) to effectively convert the reactants into the desired product. The same product 20 should be remotely selected to improve the possible reaction products. Need = dichotomous rate · Among these possible reaction products, some products are required for J-sub-b and non-i. Therefore, the step of treatment (4) is corresponding to the removal or conversion of the catalyst. The m-catalyst composition converts the -part of the reactants into the specific &product; the ability to convert to a specific product. In addition, the % of the catalyst can be used in the composition or product of a certain gentleman's juice. ^Converting and reducing contaminants or undesired reactants. Another use is to maintain or improve product production 126422.doc 200843852 while increasing the overall energy-generating capacity and/or reaction selectivity of the reaction process. Scope Differences, ^ For example, but not limited to, catalysts can be used to reduce the content of substances such as menstruation, osmium oxide (C〇), nitrogen oxides (N〇x) and sulfur oxidation (S〇X). These contaminants may be present in the series of processes (eg, gasoline or diesel combustion exhausts of vehicles, classified petroleum refining: coal-fired processes, etc.). The same, T, the catalyst can be used for hydrocarbon treatment.

過矛王’该過程用於對許客 対今夕不同來源(例如直餾之石油餘 分、再循環石油餾分、重油歷青 ^ /歷月葉岩、天然氣及包含 可受催化反應作用之材料的直# 刊了十的具他石反物質)之烴製程流進 轉化或改質。 催化反應通常分成兩種不同的 7里个丨j的夂應類型,亦即均相催化 及異相催化。 均相催化廣泛描述-類催化反應,在其中反應物及觸媒 混合在溶液相中。儘管某些案例曾使用氣相催化反應,但 均相催化在典型情況下為—種液相㈣。因此,濃度梯度 及反應物遷移到觸媒會變成控制均相催化反應之重要因 素。另外’在有些情況下’ ”溶液相&quot;催化反應能夠越過兩 個液相之界面發生,並非形成真溶液,而是形成乳化相。 某些一般類別的均相催化包括酸鹼催化、有機金屬催化、 相轉移催化等。 另一方面,異相催化描述如下的一類催化反應··在反應 過私中,呈氣相或液相之反應物暴露於實質上為固相或半 固相之觸媒。所以’在異相催化過程中,觸媒及反應物產 126422.doc 200843852 生了一種混合的固相—液i々 或固相•氣相反應。與均相催化 相比,異相催化具有許多# ^ y V站,例如固體觸媒一般(a)腐蝕 性較低,因而與許多均白、、六 —/合/夜相觸媒相比,安全及環境風 險相對較低,(b)提供範圍較声 ,, 现国1 乂廣的經濟上可行之溫度與壓力 條件’而且(c)更能控制較為 ^ ^ 平乂马強烈之放熱化學反應及吸熱化 學反應,等。 另一方面,固體可呈右暂旦 ^ ^ 一啕貝里傳遞限制,進而顯著降低觸 媒之隶終有效性。典型愔 主㈡况下’固體觸媒(有時稱為觸媒 顆粒)在一種具有很高内. 表面積之多孔材料上包括一或多 種催化成分(例如’貴金屬,如她㈣、翻㈣、釘㈣、 妹(Re)等),在催化成分所在之内表面積,通常數量級為每 公克数百平方公尺。所 ’自知觸媒組合物或觸媒顆粒包 括一具有很大内表面積之特別多孔載體’催化反應即在該 多孔載體上發生。鈥而 山』 …、而’此類觸媒結構經常會產生質量傳 遞限制,進而降低鈣M2 低觸媒顆粒關於觸媒活性及選擇性的有效 性能,並引發其他觸媒性能問題。 、種更具代表性的觸媒結構中,反應物必須擴散通過 孔隙之網狀物才能到達觸媒顆粒之内部區i或,而產物必須 向回擴政’退出觸媒顆粒之内部區域。因itb,習知觸媒組 口物之夕孔性除其他@素外還取決於平衡,亦即取決於習 知觸媒組合物&gt; + # M k 種特性之間的權衡,即觸媒表面積與促 進質量傳遞之能六夕Μ AA 4- &amp; …、 月匕力之間的柘衡。例如,許多催化成分在典 型情況下存在;^目七 ^ 隹於具有被細而複雜之孔隙結構的载體中(經 &quot;:、、、U孔隙、纟α構,即&lt;2奈米平均最大直徑),以增加觸媒 126422.doc 200843852 ;:表面積。此較尚表面積通常又將增加觸媒活性。 由於較鬲之觸媒顆粒表面積而導致的觸媒活性增加, 常會引起質量傳遞阻力之問題(亦即阻止反應物及產物 =、出觸媒顆粒之運動),特別是載體包括較高百分率之 被孔…構時,該問題更為明顯。藉由增加較大尺寸孔隙 (例如&gt;50奈来的大孔隙)在載體中之百分率,彳降低質量 傳遞之阻力(亦即加快f量傳遞)。然而,該解決方案傾向 於降低觸媒顆粒之物理強度及持久性。換言之,自力學之 觀點而言,觸媒顆粒之穩健性降低。 旦同時,若反應物在觸媒顆粒之孔隙結構中受_明顯的質 量傳遞阻力’貞彳在制反應條件下將存在濃度梯度。因 在孔隙^才冓中,&amp;應物之濃度在觸媒顆粒之周圍最 大,在觸媒顆粒之中心則最小。另一方面,反應產物濃度 在觸媒顆粒之中心要高於觸據 同於觸媒顆粒之周圍。該等濃度梯度 為質量傳遞提供了推動力。噠聱增 切7 寺/辰度梯度變得越大,催化 反應之速率就越低。如此一爽 木,觸媒顆粒之有效性能(例 如反應性、選擇性、再生處The Spear King's process is used for different sources of Xu Kezhen's current day (such as straight-running petroleum remnants, recycled petroleum distillates, heavy oils, or lunar rocks, natural gas, and materials containing catalytically reactive materials). The hydrocarbon process of the direct-issued ten anti-matter of the stone has been transformed or upgraded. The catalytic reaction is usually divided into two different types of 夂, which are homogeneous catalysis and heterogeneous catalysis. Homogeneous catalysis broadly describes a catalytic reaction in which a reactant and a catalyst are mixed in a solution phase. Although gas phase catalytic reactions have been used in some cases, homogeneous catalysis is typically a liquid phase (IV). Therefore, concentration gradients and migration of reactants to the catalyst can become important factors in controlling homogeneous catalytic reactions. In addition, 'in some cases' the "solution phase" catalytic reaction can occur across the interface between the two liquid phases, not forming a true solution, but forming an emulsified phase. Some general classes of homogeneous catalysis include acid-base catalysis, organic metals Catalysis, phase transfer catalysis, etc. On the other hand, heterogeneous catalysis describes a type of catalytic reaction as follows: In the reaction, the reactants in the gas phase or the liquid phase are exposed to a substantially solid or semi-solid phase catalyst. Therefore, in the heterogeneous catalysis process, the catalyst and reactants produced a mixed solid-liquid phase or solid phase gas phase reaction. Heterogeneous catalysis has many #^ compared with homogeneous catalysis. y V stations, such as solid catalysts, generally (a) are less corrosive and therefore have lower safety and environmental risks than many white, hexa-/night/night catalysts, and (b) provide a wider range Sound, the current economically feasible temperature and pressure conditions of the country 1 and the (c) are more able to control the exothermic chemical reactions and endothermic chemical reactions that are more intense. Right temporary ^^ A single-Berry transfer limit, which in turn significantly reduces the end-of-life effectiveness of the catalyst. In the case of a typical bismuth (2), a solid catalyst (sometimes referred to as a catalyst particle) is included on a porous material having a high internal surface area. One or more catalytic components (such as 'precious metals, such as her (four), turn (four), nail (four), sister (Re), etc.), within the surface area of the catalytic component, usually on the order of hundreds of square meters per gram. The catalyst composition or catalyst particles comprise a special porous support having a large internal surface area 'catalytic reaction occurring on the porous support." and such a catalyst structure often produces mass transfer limitations, In turn, the effective performance of the calcium M2 low catalyst particles on the activity and selectivity of the catalyst is reduced, and other catalyst performance problems are caused. In a more representative catalyst structure, the reactants must diffuse through the network of pores. Arriving at the inner zone i of the catalyst particles, and the product must be retracted to 'exit the inner region of the catalyst particles. Because of itb, the conventional hole of the catalyst group is different from other @素Balance, that is, depends on the trade-off between the conventional catalyst composition &gt; + # M k characteristics, that is, the surface area of the catalyst and the energy that promotes the mass transfer between the AA 4- &amp; ..., Yueli For example, many catalytic components are present in typical cases; in the carrier with a fine and complex pore structure (by &quot;:,,, U pores, 纟α, ie, &lt; 2 nanometer average maximum diameter) to increase the catalyst 126422.doc 200843852;: surface area. This surface area will generally increase the catalytic activity. Due to the increased activity of the catalyst due to the surface area of the catalyst particles, it is often The problem is caused by the problem of mass transfer resistance (i.e., prevention of reactants and products = movement of the catalyst particles), especially when the carrier comprises a higher percentage of pores. By increasing the percentage of larger pores (e.g., &gt; 50 large pores) in the carrier, 彳 reduces the resistance to mass transfer (i.e., accelerates the transfer of the amount of f). However, this solution tends to reduce the physical strength and durability of the catalyst particles. In other words, from the viewpoint of mechanics, the robustness of the catalyst particles is lowered. At the same time, if the reactants are subjected to a significant mass transfer resistance in the pore structure of the catalyst particles, a concentration gradient will exist under the reaction conditions. Because in the pores, the concentration of the &amp; reactant is the largest around the catalyst particles and the smallest at the center of the catalyst particles. On the other hand, the concentration of the reaction product is higher in the center of the catalyst particles than in the vicinity of the catalyst particles. These concentration gradients provide a driving force for mass transfer. The larger the cut/then gradient, the lower the rate of catalytic reaction. Such a cool wood, the effective properties of the catalyst particles (such as reactivity, selectivity, regeneration)

At垃、 丹生賴之間的哥命週期及抗結焦性 旎等)亦相應降低。 通常情況下,開發觸媒組合物之目的在於:自商業之角 度出發’改進如上所述之一式客絲^ ” 叮乩之或夕種加工目標。在某些情況 下’影響觸媒性能的因素之一就是其促進反應物之間快速 有效反應的能力。因此,經常需要具有較低擴散限制之觸 媒組合物。然而,在其他情 月/几卜马了獲得較佳之產物, 對於產生特定產物之選擇性可能 π里茺。由此,得以淘 126422.doc •10- 200843852 汰用於移除或轉化非所需反應產物之附加過程及相關處理 設備。 例如’在1976年,γ·Τ· Shah等人提議使用酸浸鋁硼矽酸 鹽纖維、具體而言為E型玻璃(更具體而言,E-621)來產生 一種觸媒載體。與習知觸媒相比,該觸媒載體具有較高之 表面積-體積比,進而減小用於汽車排氣系統的催化轉化 為之 &amp; 寸(例如參紀 〇xidati〇n o/ an Aut〇m〇bile Exhaust f GaS Mlxture by Fiber Catalysts, Ind. Eng. Chem.? Prod.The life cycle and anti-coking properties between Atr and Dansheng Lai are also reduced accordingly. In general, the purpose of developing a catalyst composition is to improve the processing target of one of the above-mentioned types of guest wire from the commercial point of view. In some cases, factors affecting the performance of the catalyst. One is its ability to promote rapid and efficient reaction between reactants. Therefore, catalyst compositions with lower diffusion limits are often required. However, in other cases, a better product is obtained for the production of a specific product. The selectivity may be π 茺. Thus, it is possible to use 126422.doc •10-200843852 for the additional process and related processing equipment for removing or converting undesired reaction products. For example, 'In 1976, γ·Τ· Shah et al. propose the use of acid leached aluminoborosilicate fibers, in particular E-glass (more specifically, E-621) to produce a catalyst carrier which is compared to conventional catalysts. Has a high surface area to volume ratio, which in turn reduces the catalytic conversion for automotive exhaust systems to &amp; inch (eg, 参xidati〇no/ an Aut〇m〇bile Exhaust f GaS Mlxture by Fiber Catalysts, Ind . Eng. Chem.? Prod.

Res. Dev·,pp· 29-35, Vol· 15, No· 1,1976)。同時,Shah等 人認為’一般在汽車排氣混合物中產生之反應性氣體(例 如一氧化碳、二氧化碳、氮氧化物、甲烷、乙烷、丙烷、 乙烯、丙烯、乙炔、苯及甲苯等)容易接觸到在酸浸E型玻 璃中所產生之較大的表面積。Res. Dev., pp. 29-35, Vol. 15, No. 1, 1976). At the same time, Shah et al. believe that 'reactive gases (such as carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, nitrogen oxides, methane, ethane, propane, ethylene, propylene, acetylene, benzene, toluene, etc.) are generally easily accessible in automotive exhaust mixtures. The large surface area produced in acid leached E-glass.

Shah等人表明,與兩種習知觸媒(以氧化鋁珠為載體之 鉑或以矽膠珠為載體之鉑)相比,具有相對較小表面積(75 i m2/g)之較少數量纖維Ε型玻璃觸媒載體的性能效果要優於 以氧化鋁為載體或以二氧化矽為載體之觸媒(分別為1 m/g及317 m2/g),其中e型玻璃觸媒之平均孔徑大於以氧 化鋁為载體之觸媒或以二氧化矽為載體之觸媒。儘管如 此,Shah等人並未提議或建議有效的汽車排氣氧化能夠 在小於75 m2/g之表面積發生。 將近25年後,Kiwi-Minsker等人在1999年研究了在另一 種酸浸鋁硼矽酸鹽E型玻璃纖維(EGF)中減小表面積後,相 對於用在苯甲搭之選擇性液相氫化的二氧切玻璃纖維 126422.doc -11 - 200843852 (SGF)有關生成苯甲醇(使用以鉑為主之觸媒)或甲苯(使用 以I巴為主之觸媒)的效果(例如參見以沖Shah et al. showed a relatively small amount of fiber with a relatively small surface area (75 μm 2 /g) compared to two conventional catalysts (platinum supported on alumina beads or platinum supported on silica beads). The performance of the bismuth-type glass catalyst carrier is better than that of the alumina-supported or cerium oxide-supported catalyst (1 m/g and 317 m2/g, respectively), and the average pore diameter of the e-type glass catalyst It is larger than the catalyst supported by alumina or the catalyst supported by cerium oxide. Despite this, Shah et al. did not propose or suggest that effective vehicle exhaust oxidation can occur at surface areas of less than 75 m2/g. Nearly 25 years later, Kiwi-Minsker et al. studied the reduction of surface area in another acid-impregnated aluminum borosilicate type E glass fiber (EGF) in 1999, relative to the selective liquid phase used in benzene. Hydrogenated die-cut glass fiber 126422.doc -11 - 200843852 (SGF) for the formation of benzyl alcohol (using a platinum-based catalyst) or toluene (using a catalyst based on I bar) (see for example Flush

Catalysts for Novel Multi-phase Reactor Design^ Chem.Catalysts for Novel Multi-phase Reactor Design^ Chem.

Eng· Sci. pp. 4785-4790, Vol. 54,1999)。在該項研究中, Kiwi-Minsker等人發現,SGF不能自酸浸中獲得增大之表 面積’所以相對於用於承載鈀以作為以鈀為主之觸媒組合 物之催化成分的EGF樣品(表面積分別為15 mVg&amp; 75 m /g) ’ SGF之表面積保持在2 m2/g之低水平。但,κϋ Minsker等人注意到,SGF/把觸媒之把實質上具有與其 EGF/鈀觸媒對應物(即約〇1 mm〇i/m2)相同的有效表面積濃 度(毫莫耳金屬/每平方公尺莫耳),可是SGF/鈀觸媒組合物 表明,與其EGF/鈀觸媒對應物相比,每公克鈀之活性或反 應速率有所降低。Eng. Sci. pp. 4785-4790, Vol. 54, 1999). In this study, Kiwi-Minsker et al. found that SGF could not obtain an increased surface area from acid leaching', so relative to the EGF sample used to carry palladium as a catalytic component of a palladium-based catalyst composition ( The surface area is 15 mVg &amp; 75 m / g) The surface area of the SGF is kept at a low level of 2 m2/g. However, κϋ Minsker et al. noted that the SGF/catalyst has substantially the same effective surface area concentration as its EGF/palladium catalyst counterpart (ie, about 〇1 mm〇i/m2) (mole metal per per The SGF/palladium catalyst composition shows a decrease in activity or reaction rate per gram of palladium compared to its EGF/palladium catalyst counterpart.

Kiwi-Minsker等人提出,此種SGF/鈀觸媒因表面積減小 而活性降低的現象,可能可解釋為活性成分(亦即催化成 分,在本例為鈀)與SGF載體之相互作用增強,而非由於其 表面積(即2 m2/g)較小。然而,他們未能藉由證明以下論 據來驗證此論點··表面積較小(亦即可與2 “仏之sgf/鈀相 比)的EGF/鈀觸媒,至少與表面積較大(亦即分別為i5 及75 m2/g)的EGF/鈀觸媒樣品具有相同的催化活性。因 此,KiWi-Minsker等人提出有關SGF/鈀之活性限制(亦即由 於SGF與EGF相比具有較高的酸性,鈀與sgf之間的相互 作用增強)為何是主要因素,而非由於實質上SGF/pd之表 面積較小,原因並不明確。無論如何,並未 126422.doc -12- 200843852 報告說明,相對於75 mVg EG巴樣品,b 樣品因為擴散速率接古 g EGF/I巴 政迓羊“而催化活性增強。否則 表明由於較小觸媒表面積而產生之有益效果。…、 最近,在 US 75〇60,651AEP i 247 575 A1 (Ep !5Kiwi-Minsker et al. suggest that the SGF/palladium catalyst has a reduced surface area due to reduced surface area and may be explained by the enhanced interaction of the active ingredient (ie, the catalytic component, in this case palladium) with the SGF carrier. Not because of its small surface area (ie 2 m2/g). However, they failed to verify this argument by proving the following arguments: EGF/palladium catalysts with a small surface area (ie, comparable to 2 sgf/palladium), at least with a larger surface area (ie, respectively The EGF/palladium catalyst samples for i5 and 75 m2/g) have the same catalytic activity. Therefore, KiWi-Minsker et al. proposed a limitation on the activity of SGF/palladium (ie, because SGF has higher acidity than EGF). , the interaction between palladium and sgf is enhanced) why it is the main factor, not because the surface area of SGF/pd is small, the reason is not clear. In any case, it is not 126422.doc -12- 200843852 report, relative At the 75 mVg EG bar sample, the b sample was enhanced in catalytic activity due to the diffusion rate of the ancient g EGF/I. Otherwise it shows the beneficial effect due to the smaller catalyst surface area. ..., more recently, at US 75〇60,651AEP i 247 575 A1 (Ep !5

Barelk。等人揭示了使用富含二氧化石夕之載體(包括二氧化 石夕及包含非二氧化石夕之氧化物(例如ai2〇3、b2〇3、Na 〇、Barelk. Et al. disclose the use of a carrier rich in dioxide dioxide (including sulphur dioxide and non-earthoxide oxides (eg, ai2〇3, b2〇3, Na 〇,

MgO、Ca〇等)作為觸媒載體的有益效果,其中該富含2二氧 化矽之載體在載體之表面下層具有偽分層之多微孔结: (例如參見 EP,575 之第 u、13、15、17、18、23、似η 段内容)。正如向歐洲專利局(,Έρ〇&quot;)更為完整的說明,在 區分EP ’5 75與Kiwi-Minsker等人在上述文件所揭示之催化 載體(&quot;Kiwi-Minsker載體”)時,Barelk〇等人斷言,他們所 主張的萄含二氧化矽之載體具有帶狹窄夾層空間的偽分層 多微孔結構,而Kiwi-Minsker載體則沒有此種結構。更具 體而a,Barelko等人認為,在Kiwi-Minkser等人之論文中 沒有依據可假定(a)在Kiwi-Minsker載體中有形成帶狹窄夾 層空間的偽分層多微孔結構;(b)所述帶有狹窄夾層空間的 偽分層多微孔結構有助於增強應用於載體之金屬的活性 (例如參見EP ’575之第13、17-18、23及32段内容)。The beneficial effect of MgO, Ca〇, etc. as a catalyst carrier, wherein the 2 cerium-enriched carrier has a pseudo-layered microporous junction in the lower surface of the carrier: (see, for example, EP, 575, u, 13) , 15, 17, 18, 23, like the contents of the η segment). As a more complete description of the European Patent Office (, 〇ρ〇&quot;), in distinguishing the catalytic carrier (&quot;Kiwi-Minsker carrier) disclosed by EP '5 75 and Kiwi-Minsker et al. in the above document, Barelk Zhai et al. assert that the carrier containing cerium oxide has a pseudo-layered microporous structure with a narrow interlayer space, while the Kiwi-Minsker carrier does not. This is more specific, a, Barelko et al. In Kiwi-Minkser et al., there is no basis for assuming that (a) a pseudo-layered microporous structure with a narrow interlayer space is formed in the Kiwi-Minsker carrier; (b) the pseudo-seated space is pseudo-separated. The layered microporous structure helps to enhance the activity of the metal applied to the carrier (see, for example, paragraphs 13, 17-18, 23 and 32 of EP '575).

Barelko等人藉由向歐洲專利局說明下述内容,進一步 將其畐含一氧化石夕之載體與Kiwi-Minsker等人提出之載體 加以區分:由於f’催化成分以高度分散之活性狀態在載體 之表泡飞庵资勢令与{么predominant distribution of the catalytic components in the sub-surface layers of the support 126422.doc -13 - 200843852 in a highly dispersed active statey'(屯脉 XM 緣% 含二 / 氧化矽之载體具有更高活性的催化狀態,因此該更高活性 之催化狀態使得催化成分能夠耐受燒結、聚集及自載體剝 落及觸殺劑之作用(例如參見EP »575之第11段)。EP,575確 認,擴散限制可能會阻礙陽離子混入載體之夾層空間,並 因此阻礙陽離子藉由化學吸附進入載體(例如參見EP,575 之第17段)。為了解決該擴散限制問題,;8紅6;^〇等人提出 (並主張)種载體結構,在該載體結構中,”薄”層之矽-氧 碎片經分離形成狹窄夾層空間(即偽分層之多微孔結構), 該狹窄的夾層空間包含,,大量的” 〇H基團,該等0H基團之 質子可被陽離子交換。以讀〇等人揭示,充分,,薄&quot;的石夕_ ,碎片^為高Q3至比率所特有,並且他們進_步聲明, 帶有大量夹在狹窄夹層空間之間的〇H基團之偽分層多微 孔結構,已藉由”Si NMR(核磁共振)及伙(紅外)光譜量测 、、、口 &amp;氬BET及驗滴定表面積量測得到證實。 像該等玻璃觸媒組合物中的一 κ Τ/ 二樣,許多習知觸媒試 :㉟上述確認之加工問題,但在觸媒性能之其 他方面則表現欠佳。所以,該箄習# ^ # 7 Λ 4寺白知觸媒經常侷限於較窄 之I知反應範圍内,在要求再 限及/或需要大…爾用週期有 …成而要大!褒填昂貴之催化成分(例如銷 主人 屬)’因而顯著增加觸媒生產及進行催化過程之成本。 因此,需要-種改進之觸媒組合物, 反應’同•進諸如製程反應性、選擇性、^加工 等。該觸媒組合物較佳可對相 ^b里效率 心心衣條件及要求進 126422.doc -14- 200843852 =,:!增強穩健性及持久性,並保持相對較長的壽 p。^申凊人已發現一種官能性表面觸媒組合物, 能夠滿足該適用廣泛催化反應的需要。 w 【發明内容】 按照本發明的一個態樣提供一種觸媒組合物,其包括: -具有外表面、表面區域和表面下區域的實質上無孔隙 基質, 、...... -至少一種催化成分,及 -至少一個催化活性區域,其包括該至少一種催化成 分,其中 幻該實質上無孔基質具有 ·) X i^自由S.a-a^-仏r、及其組合組成之群的 方法量測為介於約0.01 ^仏至⑺mVg之間的總表面 /積;及 ι〇在大於〇但小於或等於14的1)11範圍内獲得之預定等 電點(IEP); b)忒至J/ 一個催化活性區域可為連續或不連續,且具有 0小於或等於約30奈米的平均厚度;及 催化有效量之該至少一種催化成分;及 C ) Χ7亥至少一個催化活性區域之位置實質上 i) 在外表面上, ii) 在表面區域内, iii) 部分在外表面上,且部分在表面區域内,或 iv) (c)⑴、(ii)及(iii)之組合。 126422.doc -15 - 200843852 基於以下實施方式及所附之由社 甲叫專利乾圍及附圖,孰習 此項技術者將能清楚掌握本發明之其他態樣。 … 【實施方式】 定義 本文中所使用的術語具有以 ”孔隙”表示深度大於寬度之空穴=義 ”互連孔隙,,表示與一 π閉口孔隙”表示與閉 通道之孔隙。 或夕個其他孔隙相通之孔隙。 口孔隙所在材料的外表面沒有任何 ”開口孔隙,,表示與開口孔隙所*从u l , 、、、 隙所在材料的外表面有直接通 道’或經由另一孔隙或互連不丨έ 埂孔隙相連之孔隙(亦即不屬於 閉口孔隙之孔隙)。 ff孔隙寬度”表示按照指定方 壁之間的距離。 法確定之孔隙的内徑或相 對 π孔隙體積”表示按照指定方 效應,但不包括閉口孔隙之體 π多孔性”表示材料中孔隙體 率。 法確定之所有孔隙的總 積效應。 積與該材料所占總體積 體積 之比 ”微孔隙,’表示内部寬度小於2奈米(nm)之孔隙。 ”中孔隙”表示内部寬度在2奈米至5〇奈米之間的孔隙。 ”大孔隙”表示内部寬度大於5〇奈米之孔隙。 ”外表面”表示—材料之外邊界或表皮(厚度接近零),包 括外邊界或表皮上與缺陷(若有)有關的規則或不規則之輪 126422.doc -16- 200843852 孔壁表面扣内邊界或表皮(厚度接近零),包括在内邊 界或表皮上的任何與缺陷(若有)有關的規則或不規則之輪 廓,貫質上界定具有至少一或多種類型孔隙之材料中任何 開口孔隙的形狀。 衣旬、‘體表示材料之孔壁表 隙)、材料之外表面及其表面區域 ”表面區域”表示可根據材料而改變的材料的區域,不包 括任何由材料之開口孔隙(若存在任何開口孔隙)所界定之 =域’但表面區域⑷在材料的外表面以下小於或等㈣夺 為—&lt;2G㈣’更W奈米),·在材料有任何開口 3。二’絲面區域⑻在材料的孔壁表面以下小於或等於 測米’更佳為—Μ奈米^對於具有可伯 外部邊界:二=無論該等變化是否規則,沿著 均高程用於確:… 1外部或内部邊界或表皮的平 、雈疋表面區域之平均深度。 包二二區Λ表示可根據材料而改變的材料區域,但不 括任何由材料之開口孔隙 之區域,但談h 任何開口孔隙)所界定 牛r A &amp;下區域(a)在材料的外表面以 未(較佳為&gt;2〇奈半,#杜达, 卜大於30奈 孔隙時,巧面下、“&gt; 0奈米);在材料有任何開口 ㈣交佳為&gt;20奈米,更佳為&gt;1〇奈米)。S面从下大㈣奈 :内表面積”或”開口孔壁表面積 切料中所有開口孔壁之表面積效應。用知疋方法確定之 外表面積,,表示用指定方 &amp; ^不Μ材科中所有孔 I26422.doc 200843852 壁之表面積效應的材料表面積效應。 '總表面積”表示用指定方法確定之材料内表面積及其外 表面積之和。 納化學吸附表面積,,或S A.^表示藉由使用化學吸附 法由鈉陽離子的化學吸附而確定之材料表面積,該(等)化 學吸附法在 G.W. Sears 义似/. ,1956, v〇1. 28, ρ· i98i 與 R· Iler,C/2㈣⑹〇/57//ca,john wiley &amp; s〇ns 1979, p , 203及3 53中說明。 ’’納-化學吸附表面積變化率,,或,,SARCW,,其中 SARCa^V5至”/v初,其中⑴V初為用於最初滴定含水漿液 混合物的稀NaOH滴定溶液之初始體積,在約25t:溫度下Barelko et al. further clarify the carrier containing the oxidized stone by distinguishing it from the carrier proposed by Kiwi-Minsker et al. by explaining the following contents to the European Patent Office: since the f' catalytic component is highly dispersed in the active state in the carrier The dominant distribution of the catalytic components in the sub-surface layers of the support 126422.doc -13 - 200843852 in a highly dispersed active statey' (屯脉 XM edge% contains two / oxidation The carrier of ruthenium has a more active catalytic state, so the catalytic state of higher activity allows the catalytic component to withstand sintering, aggregation and self-carrier flaking and contact agents (see, for example, paragraph 11 of EP » 575). EP, 575 confirms that diffusion limitations may hinder the incorporation of cations into the interlayer space of the support and thus hinder the entry of cations into the support by chemisorption (see, for example, paragraph 17 of EP, 575). To address this diffusion limitation problem, 8 Red 6 ^〇 et al. propose (and advocate) a kind of carrier structure in which the 薄-oxygen fragments of the "thin" layer are separated to form a narrow The layer space (ie, the pseudo-layered microporous structure), the narrow interlayer space contains, a large number of "〇H groups, the protons of the 0H groups can be exchanged by cations. , thin &quot;Shi Xi _, the fragment ^ is unique to the high Q3 to the ratio, and they enter the _ step statement, with a large number of pseudo-layered micropores of the 〇H group sandwiched between the narrow interlayer spaces The structure has been confirmed by "Si NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) and spectroscopy (infrared) spectroscopy, osmium & argon BET and titration surface area measurement. Like a κ Τ in such glass catalyst compositions / Two, many conventional catalyst tests: 35 the above identified processing problems, but in other aspects of the performance of the catalyst is not good. Therefore, the abuse # ^ # 7 Λ 4 Temple Bai Zhi catalyst is often limited In the narrower range of I know the reaction, it is required to re-limit and/or need to be large... The cycle is...the bigger it is! The expensive catalytic component (such as the pin owner) is filled in, thus significantly increasing the catalyst production and carrying out The cost of the catalytic process. Therefore, there is a need for an improved catalyst composition that reacts the same • Into process such as process responsiveness, selectivity, processing, etc. The catalyst composition is preferably efficacious and durable in terms of efficiency and requirements for the phase of the 126422.doc -14- 200843852 =,:! Sexuality, and maintain a relatively long life. ^ Shen has discovered a functional surface catalyst composition that meets the need for this wide range of catalytic reactions. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION According to one aspect of the invention, a catalyst composition is provided comprising: - a substantially void-free substrate having an outer surface, a surface region and a subsurface region, ... - at least one a catalytic component, and - at least one catalytically active region comprising the at least one catalytic component, wherein the substantially non-porous matrix has a group of -) X i^ free Sa-a^-仏r, and combinations thereof Measured to be a total surface/product between about 0.01 μ仏 and (7) mVg; and a predetermined isoelectric point (IEP) obtained by ι〇 in a range of 1)11 greater than 〇 but less than or equal to 14; b) 忒J/ a catalytically active region may be continuous or discontinuous, and having an average thickness of 0 less than or equal to about 30 nanometers; and a catalytically effective amount of the at least one catalytic component; and C) at least one catalytically active region of the Χ7 Substantially i) on the outer surface, ii) in the surface region, iii) partially on the outer surface, and partly in the surface region, or iv) a combination of (c) (1), (ii) and (iii). 126422.doc -15 - 200843852 Based on the following embodiments and the accompanying drawings, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. [Embodiment] Definitions The terminology used herein has a hole with a "pore" indicating a depth greater than a width = a "interconnected pore," and a void representing a π closed pore" and a closed channel. Or other pores that communicate with each other. The outer surface of the material in which the pores are located does not have any "opening pores", indicating that there is a direct passage from the outer surface of the material in which the pores are located from the ul, ,, or the gap, or via another pore or interconnecting pores. The pores (ie, pores that are not part of the closed pores) ff pore width" means the distance between the specified square walls. The inner diameter of the pores determined by the method or the relative π pore volume "represents the body π porosity according to the specified side effect, but does not include the closed pores" means the porosity ratio in the material. The total effect of all pores determined by the method. The ratio of the product to the total volume of the material "micropores," means pores having an internal width of less than 2 nanometers (nm). "Mesoporosity" means pores having an internal width of between 2 nm and 5 nm. "Macropod" means a pore with an internal width greater than 5 nanometers. "Outer surface" means - the boundary or skin of the material (thickness near zero), including the outer boundary or the rule of the skin associated with the defect (if any) or not Rule wheel 126422.doc -16- 200843852 Hole wall surface buckle inner boundary or skin (thickness near zero), including any regular or irregular contours on the inner boundary or skin associated with defects, if any, The shape defining any open pores in the material having at least one or more types of pores. The coating, the body surface, and the surface area "surface area" means materials that can be changed depending on the material. The area does not include any = domain defined by the open pores of the material (if any open pores are present) but the surface area (4) is less than or equal to the outer surface of the material (four) —&lt;2G(four)'more W nanometer),·there is any opening in the material 3. The second 'filamental area (8) is less than or equal to the meter's below the surface of the hole wall of the material - better than the nanometer ^ for the External boundary: two = regardless of whether the change is regular or not, along the mean height is used to determine: 1 the average depth of the outer or inner boundary or the flat surface area of the skin. The area of the second and second zones indicates that it can be changed according to the material. The material area, but does not include any open pores from the material, but the h) is defined by any open pores. The lower area (a) is not on the outer surface of the material (preferably > 2〇) Nai Na, #杜达, Bu is greater than 30 nanometer pores, under the surface, "&gt; 0 nanometers"; in the material has any openings (four) Jiaojia is > 20 nm, more preferably > 1 nanometer) . S surface from the bottom (four) Nai: internal surface area "or" open pore wall surface area surface effect of all open pore walls in the cut. The surface area determined by the knowledge method is used to indicate the surface area effect of the surface area effect of all the holes in the specified area &amp; ^ not the coffin I26422.doc 200843852. 'Total surface area' means the sum of the surface area of the material and its external surface area determined by the specified method. The nano-chemical adsorption surface area, or S A.^ indicates the surface area of the material determined by chemical adsorption of sodium cations by chemical adsorption, The (etc.) chemisorption method is similar to GW Sears/., 1956, v〇1. 28, ρ·i98i and R·Iler, C/2(4)(6)〇/57//ca, john wiley &amp; s〇ns 1979, p, 203 and 3 53. ''Na-Chemical adsorption surface area change rate,, or, SARCW, where SARCa^V5 to "/v initial, where (1) V is initially used to initially titrate the aqueous slurry mixture of dilute NaOH The initial volume of the titration solution, at about 25t: temperature

在3.4 M NaC1溶液中包括實質上不溶於水之材料,溶液pH 值在零時間t0自最初的ΡΗ 4·0到達pH 9.0,及(ii) μ至&quot;係 指用於使漿液混合物在15分鐘時間内保持在pH 9的相同濃 度NaOH滴定液的總體積,每隔5分鐘(總共3個5分鐘的間 1 隔,分別為“、“及^5)該總體積按照需要儘快進行相應調 整。 … 所以,v*係指在以下更詳細描述之滴定程序中所使用 之NaOH滴定液的總體積,其中v初+V5q尸^總。因此,%至㈠ 可表示為v總與v初之差,其中v#i5=v總-¥初0 就本定義而言,藉由將30公克NaCl(試劑級)添加到15〇 毫升水中製備3·4 M NaCl溶液,將1.5公克樣品材料添加到 NaCl溶液中以產生含水漿液混合物。含水漿液混合物必須 首先调整為pH 4.0。為了在滴定之前進行此調整,可相應 126422.doc -18- 200843852 地使用少量稀酸(例如HC1)或稀鹼(例如NaOH)。滴定時, 為了首先獲得v初,先使用稀Na0H滴定液(例如〇in或 〇·〇1Ν),然後使用Vy&quot;進行SARC心測定。另外,就本定 義而言,Vs至”為在、110及4使用之NaOH滴定液的累積 體積,其中使用NaOH滴定液每隔5分鐘(共3個5分鐘的間 隔)盡快滴定,以按照需要自t。至最終時間、的15分鐘内將 漿液混合物之pH值調整為9.0。 就本定義而言,在用任何可選擇的離子交換(ΐΕχ)、反 離子交換(BIX)及/或靜電吸附(ΕΑ)處理方法進行處理以將 一或多種2成分前驅物(以下說明)整合至基質表面上及/或 基質表面内之前,確定樣品材料之S arc^。 ”初濕”表示,對於包括固體或半固體材料之含水漿狀或 糊狀混合物,正在測定該材料之等電點(,,ΙΕρπ)的一時間點 此時,*離子纟f質上覆蓋了固冑或半固體材料之整個表 面,並於目前的程度填充了該材料可能具有的任何可通水 之孔隙體積,it而允許水進入含水漿狀或糊狀混合物,以 提供玻璃電極觸面與其參考電極觸面及二者之間充分的液 體接觸,進而測定材料的IEP。 ’,等電點,,或IEP表示固體或半固體材料在初濕時之淨表 面電荷為零的pH值。在本文中使用之聊亦可稱為電荷零 點(zero point Charge ’ ZPC)或零電荷點(p〇int 〇f 咐〇 charge,PZC) 〇 ’’催化有效量”表示在適當的加工條件下,足以將至少一 種反應物轉化成足狗產量之至少―種預定產物,以支援試 126422.doc -19- 200843852 驗工廠或商業級製程的催化成分之量。 ’’硫屬化物(Chalconide)”表示包括至少一種來自由硫 (S)、硒(Se)及碲(Te)組成之群的第16族(以前的第VIA族)元 素及至少一種正電性強於其對應的第丨6族元素之元素或基 團的化合物。 貝金屬”表不來自鍺(Rh)、鈀(pd)、銀(Ag)、銥(L)、鉑 (Pt)及金(Au)之群的過渡金屬,除非另有說明以金屬錯合 物、金屬Μ、金屬陽離子或金屬陰離子之形式處於荷電狀 態,否則各種過渡金屬均處於零氧化狀態(同時處於未反 應狀態)。 w / νπ w Γ险碘的丞買組成 D構么生貝貝改.又的基質,該等改變係由於大部分酸或稀 驗在標準溫度及壓力條件下造成結構組成元素之改變及/ 或損失、新的孔隙生成、孔隙大小膨脹等。然而,耐腐餘 基質之組成結構可能會併u 4 ^ &gt; 月匕只貝上被鬲強度酸(例如濃HF)、 度驗(例如濃NaOH)或苴仙改府力丄L ° )次/、他強腐蝕性試劑(無論係單獨戋係 μ溫'高壓及/或高振動頻率條件結合)所改變 義而言,此類基質仍視為,,抗腐蝕,,基質。 疋 表面活性’▼表示一 ;bf*斗止《V 士 IT材枓之表面充分地裝填有一 笔成分之狀態,該裝填有—或多種荷電成 料何 ⑴在穩態反應條件下促進催化反應而不進_步」係用以 (H)另外,藉由與一或多 貝或者 7搜何私成分之間的靜 及/或離子交換相互作用,用於進一步改 =作用 在穩態反應條件下作為催化成分。 而隨後可 126422.doc -20- 200843852 ”基質”声一 及玻璃樣^大體或半固體材料,包括但不限於玻璃 可按照基〜 但小於或等於14,表面活性狀態 之預定^1媒組合物(具有催化有&amp;量之催化成分)中 之預疋用途進行更改。 子、二::11由電子及/或物理化學相互作用(例如離 合、二=::價相互作用,包括但不限於氯鍵合、離子鍵 力鍵人’二、凡得瓦力(Van der w-ls)/偶極鍵合、親和 合。 、仏鍵合及其組合)將化學成分與基質進行結 實施方式概述 圍式概述下的註解僅用於說明與附隨申請專利範 選定態樣及因素,因此僅用於以簡要之措詞方便 讀者的潛在利益㈣之實施方式的以離樣。 =,本實施方式註解不應視為對附隨申請發明範圍之限 :發明之一態樣係關於一種觸媒組合物,其表面活性之 崔化活性區域的平均厚度小於或等於約3〇奈米,較佳為&lt; 二^米:且更佳為湖時米⑽媒組合外本發明之 恶樣係關於各種製造新型觸媒組合物之方法 之另-態樣係產生複合形式之觸媒組合物,無論有二 形介質。本發明之又-個態樣係關於在各種過程中使用= 媒、、且σ物’ δ亥等過程例如為烴、雜烴及/或非烴處理、轉 化、精煉及/或排放控制及處理過程及其他類型的過程。 例如’新型觸媒組合物可提高煙、雜烴及/或非烴處:、 126422.doc 200843852 轉化、精煉及/或排放控制及處理過程及其他類型過程的 反應選擇性、反應速率、成品良率及能量效率。 、 在產生觸媒組合物時應考慮到若干項因素,該等因素勺 括但不限於: μ匕 ⑴鑒於預期用途,獲得具有預定等電點(”ΙΕρ。之基質, 無論按原樣獲得或經後續處理後獲得; (ii)鑒於預定用途,基質之抗腐蝕性程度; (ill)鑒於預定用途,為了獲得所需表面性質,基質之多孔 性程度(若有),及相關之元素組成(特別係在表面 上), ㈣取決於組合物之預定用途,適當時,基質對於產生適 當等電點之化學敏感度,且藉由一或多種具有第一類 與基質之離子及/或靜電相互作用的第一成分,使基 質具有表面活性,該基質能夠但不一定產生催化活性 區域,該催化活性區域在基質表面上及/或内的平均 厚度為 &lt; 約30奈米,較佳為S約20奈米,更佳為 &lt;約1〇 奈米; &gt;)基質對於視情況可選擇之離子交換(ΙΕχ)、反離子交 換(BIX)及/或靜電吸附(ΕΑ)處理方法的化學敏感性, 該等處理方法用於將一或多種第二成分整合至基質表 面上及/或内’該基質表面具有第二類與基質離子及/ 或猙電相互作用,並因此產生催化活性區域,該催化 ’舌丨生區域在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度為 &lt;約30奈 米,較佳為$約2〇奈米,更佳為 &lt;約1〇奈米;及 126422.doc -22- 200843852 ⑽取決於組合物之預定用途,處理過之基質對於下述反 應的化學敏感性:可選的锻燒及/或還原、氧化或進 -步使處理過之基質在使用觸媒組合物之前與第一或 第二催化成分起化學反應。 基質說明 對於許多潛在應用之通常及㈣範㈣明細p選擇A material that is substantially insoluble in water is included in the 3.4 M NaC1 solution, the pH of the solution reaches pH 9.0 from the initial ΡΗ 4·0 at zero time t0, and (ii) μ to &quot; is used to make the slurry mixture at 15 The total volume of the same concentration of NaOH titration solution maintained at pH 9 for 5 minutes, every 5 minutes (a total of 3 5 minutes, 1 interval, respectively, "," and ^5), the total volume is adjusted as needed as soon as possible . Thus, v* refers to the total volume of NaOH titration used in the titration procedure described in more detail below, where v is initially + V5q. Therefore, % to (a) can be expressed as the difference between v total and v initial, where v#i5=v total - ¥ initial 0. For the purposes of this definition, 30 grams of NaCl (reagent grade) is added to 15 liters of water. In a 3. 4 M NaCl solution, 1.5 grams of sample material was added to the NaCl solution to produce an aqueous slurry mixture. The aqueous slurry mixture must first be adjusted to pH 4.0. In order to make this adjustment prior to titration, a small amount of dilute acid (such as HCl) or a dilute base (such as NaOH) may be used in accordance with 126422.doc -18- 200843852. The titration, in order to obtain the v initial, first use a dilute Na0H titration solution (for example, 〇in or 〇·〇1Ν), and then use Vy&quot; for SARC heart measurement. In addition, for the purposes of this definition, Vs to "is the cumulative volume of the NaOH titrant used in, 110 and 4, wherein the NaOH titrant is titrated as quickly as possible every 5 minutes (3 3 minute intervals) to meet as needed The pH of the slurry mixture is adjusted to 9.0 from t to the final time, within 15 minutes. For the purposes of this definition, any alternative ion exchange (ΐΕχ), counter ion exchange (BIX) and/or electrostatic adsorption is used. (ΕΑ) Processing Method To determine the S arc of the sample material prior to integrating one or more 2-component precursors (described below) onto the surface of the substrate and/or within the surface of the substrate. "Incipient wetness" means Or an aqueous slurry or paste mixture of semi-solid materials at a point in time at which the isoelectric point (, ΙΕρπ) of the material is being measured. At this point, the surface of the solid or semi-solid material is covered. And to the extent that it is filled with any water-permeable pore volume that the material may have, it allows water to enter the aqueous slurry or paste mixture to provide contact between the glass electrode contact and its reference electrode and There is sufficient liquid contact between the IEP to determine the material. ', isoelectric point, or IEP means the pH value of the solid surface charge of the solid or semi-solid material at initial humidity is zero. Known as zero point charge 'ZPC' or zero charge point (PZC) 〇 ''catalytically effective amount' means sufficient to convert at least one reactant into under suitable processing conditions At least a predetermined product of the production of the foot dog to support the amount of catalytic component of the test 126422.doc -19- 200843852 factory or commercial grade process. ''Chalconide'' means a Group 16 (formerly Group VIA) element comprising at least one group consisting of sulfur (S), selenium (Se) and tellurium (Te) and at least one positively charged property. a compound that is stronger than the element or group of its corresponding Group 6 element. The shell metal" is not derived from rhodium (Rh), palladium (pd), silver (Ag), rhodium (L), platinum (Pt), and gold. The transition metal of the group (Au), unless otherwise stated, is in a charged state in the form of a metal complex, a metal ruthenium, a metal cation or a metal anion, and the various transition metals are in a zero oxidation state (while in an unreacted state). w / νπ w Γ 碘 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 组成 贝 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又 又, new pore formation, pore size expansion, etc. However, the composition of the corrosion-resistant matrix may be u 4 ^ &gt; 匕 匕 匕 上 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲 鬲/, his strong corrosive agent (whether it is a combination of separate 戋 system μ temperature 'high pressure and / or high vibration frequency conditions), such matrix is still considered, anti-corrosion, matrix.疋Surface activity '▼ indicates one; bf* 止 "The surface of the V IT IT material is fully filled with a component state, the filling has - or a plurality of charged materials (1) promotes the catalytic reaction under steady state reaction conditions. No further steps are used to (H) additionally, by means of static and/or ion exchange interactions with one or more shells or 7 private components, for further modification = action under steady state reaction conditions As a catalytic component. And then 126422.doc -20- 200843852 "matrix" sound and glass-like ^ general or semi-solid materials, including but not limited to glass can be according to the base ~ but less than or equal to 14, the surface state of the predetermined composition The intended use in the catalytic component having a catalytic amount is changed. Sub, two::11 are interacted by electrons and/or physicochemicals (eg, clutch, two =:: valence interactions, including but not limited to chlorine bonding, ionic bonding, human 'two', Van der (Van der W-ls)/dipole bonding, affinity bonding, hydrazine bonding, and combinations thereof. The chemical composition and the matrix are combined. The following is an overview of the annotations used only to illustrate the selected aspects of the accompanying patent application. And factors, and therefore only used to facilitate the reader's potential benefits (4) in a brief wording. =, the annotations of this embodiment should not be considered as limiting the scope of the accompanying invention: one aspect of the invention relates to a catalyst composition having an average thickness of the surface active Cuihua active region of less than or equal to about 3 〇. The rice, preferably &lt; 2 m: and more preferably the lake time (10) media combination, the malignant of the present invention, the other form of the method for producing a novel catalyst composition produces a composite form of the catalyst The composition, regardless of the dimorphic medium. A further aspect of the invention relates to the use of a medium in a variety of processes, and a process such as a sigma ' δ hai, such as hydrocarbon, hydrocarbon and/or non-hydrocarbon treatment, conversion, refining and/or emission control and treatment. Process and other types of processes. For example, 'new catalyst compositions can increase smoke, hydrocarbons and/or non-hydrocarbons: 126422.doc 200843852 Conversion, refining and/or emission control and treatment processes and other types of process selectivity, reaction rate, good product Rate and energy efficiency. Several factors should be considered in the production of the catalyst composition, including but not limited to: μ匕(1) Obtaining a matrix having a predetermined isoelectric point ("ΙΕρ.", regardless of the intended use, whether obtained as it is or Obtained after subsequent processing; (ii) the degree of corrosion resistance of the substrate in view of the intended use; (ill) the degree of porosity (if any) of the substrate, and the associated elemental composition (in particular) in view of the intended use, in order to obtain the desired surface properties (on the surface), (d) depending on the intended use of the composition, where appropriate, the chemical sensitivity of the substrate to the generation of the appropriate isoelectric point, and by one or more of the first type of ion and/or electrostatic interaction with the substrate The first component is such that the substrate is surface active, and the substrate can, but does not necessarily, produce a catalytically active region having an average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate of &lt; about 30 nm, preferably S. 20 nm, more preferably &lt; about 1 〇 nanometer; &gt;) matrix for optional ion exchange (ΙΕχ), counter ion exchange (BIX) and/or electrostatic adsorption (ΕΑ) treatment The chemical sensitivities of the methods for integrating one or more second components onto the surface of the substrate and/or within the surface of the substrate having a second type of interaction with the matrix ions and/or germanium, and thus The catalytically active region, the average thickness of the catalytic &lt;RTI ID=0.0&gt;&gt;&gt; And 126422.doc -22- 200843852 (10) depending on the intended use of the composition, the chemical sensitivity of the treated substrate to the following reactions: optional calcination and / or reduction, oxidation or further processing The substrate chemically reacts with the first or second catalytic component prior to use of the catalyst composition. Matrix Description For many potential applications, and (4) Fan (four) detail p selection

較佳地,用於產生本發明之觸媒組合物的基質為玻璃組 合物,無論係表面活性按原樣接收或經處理產生表面活性 之狀態,IEP均大於約〇但小於或等於14。能否獲得具有適 當IEP(適於產生用於預定用途之觸媒組合物)的基質取決於 各種因素’其中部分因素已在上文中概要說明(在&quot;實施方 弋述中)鑒於下文提供更詳細之論述,熟習此項技術 者將會更;青楚掌握與選㈣當IEp㈣的其他因素。 例如對於5午多具有商業利益之製程,玻璃(或玻璃樣) 組合物及其表面活性產物較佳具有大於或等於約4·5但小 ;之1ΕΡ而預计ΙΕΡ大於或等於約ό.Ο但小於14之玻璃 組^物更佳’且預計ΙΕΡ大於或等於約7·8但小於14之玻璃 2 口物最佺。然而,取決於觸媒組合物之預定用途及在組 否物的基貝中多孔性之程度及類型,較佳的範圍可能 又i〜a另外,某些催化製程對於在較低pH範圍具有表 面活丨生之觸媒組合物更為敏感。因此,在該等情況下, P J於7.8(#父佳為α,更佳為^4·5)的基質很可能更適用 於此頒衣耘。所以,再次申明,在適當的ΐΕρ範圍内選擇 基貝日守,不僅要考慮觸媒組合物之預定用途這一因素,還 126422.doc -23- 200843852 要結合基質之多孔性、化學組合物及處理程序(若有)等。 另外’取決於預期催化用途,許多玻璃類型可成為潛在 的基質候選對象,以獲得適當的IEP及多孔性的程度及類 型,無論係按原樣接收或使用以下一或多種處理方法。通 常’一些該等玻璃類型之實例包括但不限於E玻璃、無爛E 玻%、S玻㈤、R玻璃、AR玻璃、稀土 _石夕酸鹽玻璃、鋇_ 鈦-矽酸鹽玻璃、氮化物玻璃如矽_鋁_氧-氮玻璃、A玻璃、 〆 C玻璃及CC玻璃。然而,以下將舉例說明通常預期用於一 系列催化應用及某些可能處理之玻璃類型。 AR型玻璃說明 例如但不限於,”AR型”玻璃係一組IEp大於7·8,範圍很 廣而貫質上無孔玻璃組合物。通常,AR型玻璃包含相當 數量之驗性氧化物型玻璃網狀物改質劑,通常占總玻璃組 合物重量的10 wt·%或以上。該等鹼性氧化物網狀物改質 劑包括但不限於鍅(Zr)、铪(Hf)、鋁(A1)、鑭系元素及婀系 元素之氧化物、鹼土金屬氧化物(第2族)、鹼金屬氧化物 (第1族)等。包含锆(Zr)、铪(Hf)、鋁(A1)、鑭系元素、鹼 土氧化物及鹼金屬氧化物的玻璃係較佳,而包含鍅(Zr)的 玻璃組合物(例如但不限於AR型玻璃)則尤其較佳。 A型玻璃說明 另外,例如但不限於,”A型”玻璃係另外一組範圍很廣 而實質上無孔玻璃組合物,無論表面活性係按原樣接收或 經處理而產生表面活性狀態,IEP均大於約7·8但小於14。 通常,Α型玻璃將包括酸性或鹼性氧化物型玻璃網狀物 126422.doc -24- 200843852 改質劑,該等玻璃網狀物改質劑包括(例如)但不限於辞 (Zn)、鎂(Mg)、鈣(Ca)、鋁(A1)、 (B)、鈦(Ti)、鐵(心)、 鈉(Na)及鉀(K)等元素的氧化物。若使用鹼性網狀物改質 劑,則包括在該等較低IEP玻璃内之數量傾向於&lt;12 wt· /〇。包含鎂、#5、鋁、辞、鈉及鉀的玻璃係較佳。 未酸浸之E型玻璃說明 未酸浸之&quot;E型”玻璃係另一組範圍很廣而實質上無孔玻 璃組合物,其中包括無限的實例,無論表面活性係按原樣 接收或經處理產生表面活性狀態,IEp均大於約7·8但小於 14 〇 通常,未酸浸之Ε型玻璃將包括酸性或鹼性氧化物型玻 璃網狀物改質劑,包括(例如)但不限於辞(Ζη)、鎂(Mg)、 鈣(Ca)、紹(A1)、硼(B)、鈦(Ti)、鐵(Fe)、鈉(Na)及鉀(κ) 等元素的氧化物。若使用鹼性網狀物改質劑,則包括在該 等未酸浸之Ε型玻璃内的量傾向於為&lt;2〇。包含鎂、 鈣、鋁、鋅、鈉及鉀的玻璃係較佳。 多孔性說明 基質之多孔性係產生本發明觸媒組合物的另一相關態 樣。通常,基質應為實質上無孔,但實際上可能存在數量 上無關緊要,對於觸媒組合物之預定用途沒有不利影響的 微孔隙、中孔隙及/或大孔隙體積。由於材料中的微孔隙 體積經常難以偵測,本說明使用兩種表面積量測法來測定 基貝疋否貝貝上無孔,以鑑別本發明之觸媒組合物。 第一項表面積量測係藉由適用於接受量測之預期表面積 126422.doc •25- 200843852 可用於偵測微孔隙、 範圍的熱吸附/脫附方法進行测定, 中孔隙及/或大孔隙之程度。例如,Preferably, the substrate used to produce the catalyst composition of the present invention is a glass composition having an IEP greater than about 〇 but less than or equal to 14 regardless of whether the surface activity is received as received or treated to produce a surface active state. The availability of a matrix with a suitable IEP (suitable for the production of a catalyst composition for the intended use) depends on various factors, some of which have been outlined above (in the "executives"), given below A detailed discussion, those who are familiar with this technology will be more; Qing Chu master and selection (four) when IEp (four) other factors. For example, for a commercial process with a commercial advantage of 5 noon, the glass (or glass-like) composition and its surface active product preferably have a mass of greater than or equal to about 4. 5 but are small; one is expected to be greater than or equal to about ό. However, a glass composition of less than 14 is better, and it is expected that a glass having a ΙΕΡ greater than or equal to about 7.8 but less than 14 is the most sturdy. However, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition and the extent and type of porosity in the matrix of the composition, the preferred range may be i~a. Additionally, certain catalytic processes have a surface for the lower pH range. The lively catalyst composition is more sensitive. Therefore, in such cases, a substrate having a P J of 7.8 (#French is α, more preferably ^4·5) is likely to be more suitable for this dressing. Therefore, it is again stated that the selection of the basement within the appropriate range of ΐΕρ not only takes into account the intended use of the catalyst composition, but also 126422.doc -23- 200843852 to combine the porosity of the matrix, the chemical composition and Processing procedures (if any), etc. In addition, depending on the intended catalytic use, many glass types can be potential matrix candidates to achieve the appropriate degree and type of IEP and porosity, whether received or used as one or more of the following treatments. Typically, 'some examples of such glass types include, but are not limited to, E glass, non-corrosive E-glass%, S-glass (V), R glass, AR glass, rare earth silicate powder, 钡_titanium-tellurate glass, nitrogen The glass is 矽_aluminum_oxygen-nitrogen glass, A glass, 〆C glass and CC glass. However, the following is a description of the types of glass that are generally expected for a range of catalytic applications and some possible treatments. Description of AR type glass For example, but not limited to, "AR type" glass is a set of non-porous glass compositions having a wide range of IEp greater than 7.8. Typically, the AR-type glass contains a significant amount of an intrinsic oxide type glass mesh modifier, typically 10 wt.% or more by weight of the total glass composition. Such basic oxide network modifiers include, but are not limited to, cerium (Zr), cerium (Hf), aluminum (A1), lanthanides and lanthanide oxides, alkaline earth metal oxides (Group 2) ), an alkali metal oxide (Group 1), and the like. A glass comprising zirconium (Zr), hafnium (Hf), aluminum (A1), a lanthanide, an alkaline earth oxide, and an alkali metal oxide is preferred, and a glass composition comprising cerium (Zr) (such as but not limited to AR) Type glass) is especially preferred. Type A glass indicates that, for example, without limitation, "Type A" glass is another broad and substantially non-porous glass composition, whether the surface active system is received as received or treated to produce a surface active state, IEP Greater than about 7. 8 but less than 14. Typically, the bismuth glass will include an acidic or basic oxide type glass mesh 126422.doc-24-200843852 modifier, including, but not limited to, (Zn), An oxide of an element such as magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), aluminum (A1), (B), titanium (Ti), iron (heart), sodium (Na), and potassium (K). If an alkaline mesh modifier is used, the amount included in the lower IEP glass tends to &lt;12 wt· /〇. Glass containing magnesium, #5, aluminum, rhodium, sodium and potassium is preferred. The unsalted E-glass indicates that the un-leached &quot;E-type&quot; glass is another broad and substantially non-porous glass composition, including infinite examples, whether the surface active is received or treated as it is. Producing a surface active state, IEp is greater than about 7.8 but less than 14 〇 Typically, the non-acid immersed bismuth glass will include an acidic or basic oxide type glass mesh modifier, including, for example, but not limited to Oxides of (Ζη), magnesium (Mg), calcium (Ca), sau (A1), boron (B), titanium (Ti), iron (Fe), sodium (Na) and potassium (κ). When an alkaline network modifier is used, the amount included in the unleached bismuth-type glass tends to be &lt;2. The glass containing magnesium, calcium, aluminum, zinc, sodium and potassium is preferably. Porosity indicates that the porosity of the matrix produces another relevant aspect of the catalyst composition of the present invention. Typically, the matrix should be substantially non-porous, but may actually be quantitatively insignificant, for the preparation of the catalyst composition. Micropores, mesopores and/or large pore volumes without adverse effects due to micro-materials The gap volume is often difficult to detect. This description uses two surface area measurements to determine the absence of pores on the shellfish to identify the catalyst composition of the present invention. The first surface area measurement is applied by accepting The expected surface area measured 126422.doc •25- 200843852 can be used to detect micropore, range of thermal adsorption/desorption methods for determination, medium pores and/or macroporosity. For example,

(例 。例如’對於較大表面積量測 D3663-03所述的方 法 ’ ,可能後击 .....(Examples. For example, the method described in the larger surface area measurement D3663-03, may be followed by .....

面積(’’S.A.O,可使用某類分析方法(R· ner在q㈣⑹π o/A/zca,John Wiley &amp; Sons (1979)第 2〇3及 353 頁描述)表 不為NaOH滴定液的變化與時間比,並按照S.A•勤變化率 (nSARC.”)更具體的定義。 因此,如本文所定義,基質實質上無孔,前提為基質的 S.A.A^m或 處於約 〇 〇1 m2/g 至約 1〇 之間,Area (''SAO, can be used for some type of analytical method (R·ner in q(4)(6) π o/A/zca, John Wiley &amp; Sons (1979), pages 2, 3 and 353). Time ratio, and more specifically defined according to SA•change rate (nSARC.). Therefore, as defined herein, the matrix is substantially non-porous, provided that the matrix is SAA^m or is at about m1 m2/g to Between 1 ,,

而其SARC#a小於或等於〇·5。如以上更詳細的討論, SARCw係NaOH滴定液的兩種體積之比,其分母為最初使 用的NaOH滴定溶液之體積,即最初用於在零時間t。滴定基 質漿液混合物,基質漿液混合物在3.4 M NaCl溶液(pH 4至 pH 9)中在約25 °C中包含1.5公克之基質。然而,如上所 述,在最初的NaOH滴定開始用於SARCw測定之前,含水 漿液混合物必須首先相應地用少量酸(HC1)或鹼(NaOH)調 整為pH 4。另外,仍如上所述,NaOH滴定液(用於3個5分 鐘的時間間隔、在1 5分鐘内將基質漿液混合物保持在pH 126422.doc -26- 200843852 9)之累積體積為V總-V初(即Vy ls),此為比率SARC^的分 子。所以’若V總-V初小於或等於〇·5 乂初,相應的^汉‘ 則小於或等於0.5。因此,如本文所定義,SARC^^〇 5的 基質實質上無孔,前提為基質之S.A^w灯或8·α·^_μγ亦在 約0.01 m2/g至約10 m2/g之間。若滿足了該等表面積參數, 就基質有任何微孔隙、中孔隙及/或大孔隙體積而言,可 有不充分的濃度、分布及/或類型,因而可對觸媒組合物 達成預期用途的期望性能產生不利影響。 納表面積(S.A.—)係一種經驗上的滴定程序,係為粒 狀、粉末狀及懸浮溶膠形式(suspended sol form)的基本上 純二氧化矽(Si〇2)所開發。S.A·勤係測定表面質子位置 (Glass-CTH+)之反應性及可及性的量度,對於純的二氧化 矽,相當於Si-CrH+位置。矽酸鹽玻璃及晶體矽酸鹽與純 的二氧化矽(SiOd在組成上有顯著不同,關於此種滴定程 序之化學計量法,矽酸鹽玻璃及晶體矽酸鹽之行為不能根 據在S.A·-實驗中測定之Na0H滴定液的絕對值得知或預 測。因此,Sears及Iler用來將S.A·心實驗的^^〇11體積與所 研九之一氧化石夕材料之js^-BET表面積關聯的方程式,並不 適合可靠預測更複雜的矽酸鹽組合物之絕對表面積。此係 預期情況,因為能夠存在於組成不同之玻璃的Glass_yH+ 基團可包括如 A1-0-ET、Β-ΟΉ+、Τί-ΟΉ+、Mg-CrH+ 及與 單個矽位置的多個Si-〇-H+部分結合之更多不同結構的質 子群(Q2群)。另一方面,”矽樣”玻璃組合物(例如浸出之石 英)的總表面積可能可使用S.A·^實驗可靠地確定,前提為 126422.doc -27- 200843852 取小的孔隙大小在標準氣相BET量測可達到的範圍内,因 為其主要由連網的Si〇2及Si-〇-H+部分組成。然而,Gkss Ο Η邛为對於氫氧根離子及鈉離子的擴散可及性,及多忾 孔對比中孔隙、大孔隙及/或實質上無孔區域的相對= 率,應可根據NaOH的量(在s.a.心實驗中為保持最終之阳 值9’必須對比時間添加)(滴定劑)進行制。所以\總言 之’ Glass-〇-H+部分對於〇H-及Na+對比時間的可及性,如 f上述SARC*實驗所確定,可作為存在微孔隙的合理可 靠量度,包括標準氣相BET量測不可及的某類多孔性。 較佳地,基質之表面積在其離子浸出處理後將實質上保 持不變,對於大部分耐驗(i,ar„)玻璃而言,此為常見情 況然而,在某些情況下,某些自基質網狀物消耗之離子 不會顯著影響基質之微孔結構(若有),因而避免對觸媒 組合物達成預定用途的期望性能產生不利影響。然而,若 基質網狀物上有顯著的離子消耗及伴生之浸出,在某質中 則很可能產生多微孔區域。因此’如上所述,sar^大 於約〇.5時表示存在此種多微孔結構。顯示該等特性之基 貝、’罔狀物已產生了足夠的微孔結構,特別係在基質區域 中,此種微孔結構將對基質維持表面活性狀態之能力產生 彳p曰因此對觸媒組合物達成預定用途的期望性能產 生不利影響。 基質形狀、形式及尺寸說明 用:產生本發明觸媒組合物之基質具有多種形狀及形 ’。&amp;適形狀的實例包括但不限於:纖維、原纖化纖維、 126422.doc -28- 200843852 圓柱形顆粒(例如球粒)、球狀顆粒(例如球體)、橢圓形顆 粒(例如擴圓體)、扁平顆粒(例如薄片)、不規則斷裂顆 粒、螺旋形或螺旋狀的顆粒及其組合。 可形成此等基質形狀之合適成形體或複合材料的實例包 括但不限於··機織複合材料、非機織複合材料、網眼織 物、壓出物、環形物、鞍狀物、柱體、薄膜、嫘旋結合 膜、濾器、纖維絲、切短纖維及其組合。 r在某些情況下,視觸媒組合物之預定用途而定,可使用 任何一種合適材料作為成形介質,與催化基質形成成形體 或複合材料(總稱”複合材料”),包括但不限於軟水鋁石 (boehmite)、水合二氧化鈦及Ti〇2、水合氧化鍅及Zr〇2,丫 氧化鋁、α氧化鋁、二氧化矽、黏土、天然及合成聚合纖 維、聚合樹脂及溶劑及水溶性聚合物,無論基質是否包括 1型或2型催化成分(以下更詳細說明)。較佳地,催化基質 應位於或實質接近複合材料之外表面(即位於複合材料之 ^ 外周邊)。在不受理論約束的情況下,據認為,若將催化 基質之實質部分置於觸媒複合材料之外部周圍區域(,,複合 材料周邊π)上及/或内’將減小產生非想要之内部複合材料 擴散效應的程度。 所以,應理解,用以將催化基質之實質部分定位在複合 材料周邊内及/或上的合適距離,將取決於觸媒複合材料 之預定用途、觸媒複合材料之整體尺寸及形狀及催化基質 之整體尺寸及形狀。因此,在各種複合材料形狀及尺寸 中,該複合材料周邊的平均厚度(在該複合材料周邊上及/ 126422.doc -29- 200843852 或内可置放催化基質)通常為約!微米至約4〇〇微米之間。 然而’該複合材料周邊的平均厚度較佳在約米至約25〇 微米之間,更佳在約以教米至約15〇微米之間。 然而,視觸媒組合物之預定用途而定,在某些情況下, 可能需要將基質實質上分布於整個成形介質上。例如但不 限於,在需要擴大反應物及/或反應中間物暴露之製程 中,較佳在整個成形介質上複合基質(無論係丨型或2型催 化活性基質),具有可控之孔隙大小分布雖然較佳但並非 必要。 用於產生成形體或複合材料的基質之最小尺寸(即基質 顆粒之平均最大尺寸)通常在大於約〇 〇5微米至小於或等於 約150微米之間,較佳在約〇·2微米至小於或等於約15〇微 米之間,更佳在約0.2微米到約50微米之間。然而,視組 口物之預疋用途及其他可能受到觸媒組合之形狀及形式影 響的製程變數而定,超出該範圍的基質仍然可有效,例如 在上述之連續纖維形式中,不會對觸媒組合物之期望性能 產生不利影響。 、元、白此項技術者應理解,複合操作可能会將潛在的大孔 隙、中孔隙及/或微孔隙度引入成品的複合材料中。然 而,在複合操作過程中,如本文所述,此多孔性未引入觸 媒組合物之官能化表面組分中。 u·基質表面活化 用於產生本發明觸媒組合物之基質可藉由一或多種第一 成分使表面活化,該第—成分具有與基質的第—類離子及/ 126422.doc -30- 200843852 或靜電相互作用(” 1型成分前π % ,,、, 风77月^物)。如以下更詳細所述, 1型成分前驅物可能本身就有催化效力或係可經進一步處 理來產生催化活性區域,在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚And its SARC#a is less than or equal to 〇·5. As discussed in more detail above, the SARCw is the ratio of the two volumes of the NaOH titrant, the denominator being the volume of the initially used NaOH titration solution, i.e., initially used at zero time t. The matrix slurry mixture was titrated and the matrix slurry mixture contained 1.5 grams of substrate in a 3.4 M NaCl solution (pH 4 to pH 9) at about 25 °C. However, as noted above, prior to the initial NaOH titration to begin for the SARCw assay, the aqueous slurry mixture must first be adjusted to pH 4 with a small amount of acid (HC1) or base (NaOH), respectively. In addition, as described above, the cumulative volume of the NaOH titrant (for three 5 minute intervals, maintaining the matrix slurry mixture at pH 126422.doc -26- 200843852 9 in 15 minutes) is V total-V Initial (ie Vy ls), this is the numerator of the ratio SARC^. Therefore, if the initial value of V-V is less than or equal to 〇·5 乂, the corresponding ^汉' is less than or equal to 0.5. Thus, as defined herein, the matrix of SARC^^5 is substantially non-porous, provided that the substrate S.A^w lamp or 8·α·^_μγ is also between about 0.01 m2/g to about 10 m2/g. If the surface area parameters are satisfied, there may be insufficient concentration, distribution, and/or type of the matrix in terms of any micropores, mesopores, and/or large pore volumes, thereby achieving the intended use of the catalyst composition. Expected performance has an adverse effect. The nano surface area (S.A.-) is an empirical titration procedure developed for substantially pure cerium oxide (Si〇2) in the form of granules, powders and suspended sol forms. S.A. is a measure of the reactivity and accessibility of the surface proton position (Glass-CTH+), which corresponds to the Si-CrH+ position for pure cerium oxide. Tellurite glass and crystalline niobate and pure niobium dioxide (SiOd are significantly different in composition. For the stoichiometry of this titration procedure, the behavior of niobate glass and crystal niobate cannot be based on SA· - The absolute value of the Na0H titration solution determined in the experiment is known or predicted. Therefore, Sears and Iler used to correlate the volume of the SA·heart experiment with the js^-BET surface area of one of the oxidized stone materials of the nine The equation is not suitable for reliably predicting the absolute surface area of more complex tantalate compositions. This is expected because the Glass_yH+ groups that can be present in different compositions of glass can include, for example, A1-0-ET, Β-ΟΉ+, Τί-ΟΉ+, Mg-CrH+ and a more heterogeneous group of protons (Q2 group) combined with multiple Si-〇-H+ moieties at a single 矽 position. On the other hand, “矽like” glass compositions (eg leaching) The total surface area of quartz may be reliably determined using SA·^ experiments, provided that 126422.doc -27- 200843852 takes a small pore size within the range achievable by standard gas phase BET measurement because it is mainly connected Si〇2 and Si-〇-H+ Composition. However, Gkss Ο Η邛 is the diffusion accessibility for hydroxide ions and sodium ions, and the relative ratio of pores, macropores and/or substantially non-porous regions in multi-pores comparison should be based on NaOH The amount (in the sa heart experiment to maintain the final positive value of 9 ' must be added compared to the time) (titrant). So \ general words 'glass-〇-H+ part for 〇H- and Na+ contrast time And, as determined by the above SARC* experiments, can be used as a reasonable and reliable measure of the presence of micropores, including certain types of porosity that are not possible with standard gas phase BET measurements. Preferably, the surface area of the substrate is after its ion leaching treatment. It will remain essentially unchanged, which is common for most test (i, ar) glasses. However, in some cases, some of the ions consumed from the matrix network do not significantly affect the matrix. The microporous structure, if any, thus avoids adversely affecting the desired properties of the catalyst composition for the intended use. However, if there is significant ion consumption and associated leaching on the matrix network, it is likely to be in a certain quality. Producing micropores Region. Therefore, as described above, when sar^ is greater than about 〇.5, it indicates the presence of such a microporous structure. The bismuth, which exhibits these characteristics, has produced a sufficient microporous structure, particularly in the matrix. In the region, such a microporous structure will produce a 彳p曰 on the ability of the substrate to maintain a surface active state, thus adversely affecting the desired properties of the catalyst composition for the intended use. Matrix shape, form and size description: to produce the touch of the present invention The matrix of the media composition has a variety of shapes and shapes. Examples of suitable shapes include, but are not limited to, fibers, fibrillated fibers, 126422.doc -28-200843852 cylindrical particles (eg, pellets), spherical particles ( For example, spheres, elliptical particles (such as rounded bodies), flat particles (such as flakes), irregularly fractured particles, spiral or spiral particles, and combinations thereof. Examples of suitable shaped bodies or composites that can form such matrix shapes include, but are not limited to, woven composites, non-woven composites, mesh fabrics, extrudates, rings, saddles, cylinders, films, Cyclonic bonding membranes, filters, filaments, chopped fibers, and combinations thereof. r In some cases, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition, any suitable material may be used as the forming medium to form a shaped body or composite (collectively "composite") with the catalytic substrate, including but not limited to soft water. Aluminite (boehmite), hydrated titanium dioxide and Ti〇2, hydrated cerium oxide and Zr〇2, cerium alumina, alpha alumina, cerium oxide, clay, natural and synthetic polymeric fibers, polymeric resins and solvents, and water soluble polymers Whether or not the matrix includes a type 1 or type 2 catalytic component (described in more detail below). Preferably, the catalytic substrate should be located or substantially in proximity to the outer surface of the composite (i.e., at the outer periphery of the composite). Without being bound by theory, it is believed that if a substantial portion of the catalytic substrate is placed on the outer surrounding region of the catalytic composite (, the periphery of the composite π) and/or within the 'will decrease, the unwanted The extent of the internal composite diffusion effect. Therefore, it should be understood that the proper distance for positioning a substantial portion of the catalytic substrate within and/or over the periphery of the composite will depend on the intended use of the catalytic composite, the overall size and shape of the catalytic composite, and the catalytic substrate. The overall size and shape. Therefore, in the shape and size of various composite materials, the average thickness of the periphery of the composite (on the periphery of the composite and / 126422.doc -29-200843852 or the catalytic substrate can be placed inside) is usually about! From micron to about 4 microns. However, the average thickness of the periphery of the composite is preferably between about meters and about 25 microns, more preferably between about 1 and about 15 microns. However, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition, in some cases it may be desirable to have the matrix substantially distributed throughout the forming medium. For example, but not limited to, in a process requiring extended exposure of reactants and/or reaction intermediates, preferably a composite matrix (whether a ruthenium type or a type 2 catalytically active substrate) having a controlled pore size distribution over the entire forming medium Although preferred but not necessary. The minimum size of the matrix used to produce the shaped body or composite (i.e., the average largest dimension of the matrix particles) is typically between greater than about 5 microns and less than or equal to about 150 microns, preferably from about 2 microns to less than about 2 microns. Or equal to between about 15 microns, more preferably between about 0.2 microns and about 50 microns. However, depending on the intended use of the mouthpiece and other process variables that may be affected by the shape and form of the combination of catalysts, substrates outside this range may still be effective, for example, in the continuous fiber form described above, not touching The desired properties of the media composition adversely affect. The skilled person should understand that the composite operation may introduce potential large pores, mesopores and/or microporosity into the finished composite. However, during the compounding operation, as described herein, this porosity is not incorporated into the functionalized surface component of the catalyst composition. u. Matrix Surface Activation The substrate used to produce the catalyst composition of the present invention can be surface activated by one or more first components having a first species ion with the substrate and / 126422.doc -30- 200843852 Or electrostatic interaction ("1 type component before π%,,,, wind 77 months]. As described in more detail below, type 1 component precursors may have catalytic potencies themselves or may be further processed to produce catalysis. Active area, average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate

度為&lt;約3〇奈米,較佳“約2〇奈米的平均厚度,更佳為S 約10奈米的平均厚度。例如,在竿此 呆二h况下,取決於觸媒 組合物之預定用途,若所獲得之基質在適於預定用途的範 圍内具有適當類型及程度之孔隙結構(若有)及等電點 (IEP)’基質在接收時可能具有充分表面活性,可有效催 化。雖非必要但較佳,基質可經處理來進一步修改及/或 改進其表面活性。另外,基質亦可藉由處理來移除任何預 计可能干擾觸媒組合物性能的有機塗料或其他可能之污毕 物。此外,如以下更詳細論述,在&quot;2型成分前驅物整合處 理,,下,取決於觸媒組合物之預定用途,更佳的做法可能 是用離子交換(IEX)、反離子交換(BIX)及/或靜電吸附(EA) 相方法進-步處理基質之表面,該等處理方法將一或多 種第二成分整合至基質表面上及/或内,該基質表面具有 第二類與基質之離子及/或靜電相互作用,並因此產生催 化活性區域,在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度為⑽奈 米,較佳為220奈米,更佳為s1〇奈米。 基質污染物移除處理 曰視典型情況下在基質表面上發現之物質的組成及該物質 疋否預计會干擾觸媒組合物之製備及/或干擾觸媒組合物 達成預定用途的期望性能而定,可選擇進行污染物移除處 幻如典型情況下,AR型玻璃使用有機塗層製造(亦 126422.doc -31 - 200843852 即施膠),該有機塗層用於促進加工處理,例如在 之/刀散 '“,即使不會干擾觸媒組合物之大部八 (右非全部)預定用途之催化性能,該有機塗層或施; 能會干擾觸媒組合物之製備。所以應移除有機塗層可 锻燒係適用於移除此種有機塗層的—種較佳方法。 此項處理之主要目標将脾、、兮汍% 馬 悻声锣的欠 ’、、/木 土貝移除,因此此類煅 』的‘件對於基質成功的表面活化並非特別重要。在 某些情況下,取決於欲自基質移除之污染物的性質,: 劑、界面活性劑、匕、、交、、右主、土 合 除污染物,達到滿意的效果。 於知 然而,根據所使用之锻燒程度,較佳地在氧化性 (例如在空氣或氧氣中)中锻燒基質。另外很重要的是,i 選擇夠高的锻燒溫度來移除目標污染物,但锻燒溫度又要 夠低以合理避免材料之軟化點。通常,锻燒溫度應至少比 所選基質材料之軟化點低約5(rc。較佳地,锻燒溫度應至 少比所選基質材料之軟化點低約1〇(rc。例如,在使用从 型玻璃時,大部線型玻璃可接受之移除污染物的煅燒 μ度在約3GGC至約7GG°C之間。通常,所選擇之基質材料 應锻燒約2至14小時,較佳锻燒山小時。儘管如此,取 j於所獲基貝之性質及欲自基質移除之目標污染物的性 ^,煅燒時間可在該等時間範圍外變化。 藉由離子浸出處理達成表面活化 在任何潛在之污染物實質上自基質移除以後,基質可藉 由處理來產生表面活性狀態及所要之等電點(f,iEp”),前提 126422.doc -32- 200843852 為以基質獲得的最初IEP不在所要之範圍内。然而,在某 些情況下’所接收的基質可能具有足夠的表面活性,需要 使用一或多種其他處理(在以下更詳細說明)進一步改質, 而不使用第一類離子浸出(ΙΕΧ-1)處理(此會在以下更詳細 說明的其他處理中首先論述)。換言之,基質之元素組 成,特別係在外表面或實質上接近外表面上的元素組成, 可能足以獲得所要之ΙΕΡ。然而,在很多情況下,基質之 凡素組成將需要一些改質來改變最初的ΙΕρ並獲得適合的 ΙΕΡ,接著按照觸媒組合物之預定用途,獲得在類型及程 度上付合要求的表面活性狀態。 絲面活性狀態,在—或多種第—成分具有⑴第一氧化 狀態及(π)第一類與基質的離子及/或靜電相互作用的情況 下,可能足以產生催化活性區域,在基質表面上及/或内 的平均厚度為_&lt;約3〇奈米,較佳為如時米,更佳為讀 10不米,且g)此提供觸I组合物達成預定用途的期望性 能°例如但不限於’基質表面上及/或内的布忍司特 (formed)或路易士 (Lewis)酸位及布忍司特或路易士鹼位 能夠有效促進一些烴、雜烴(例如含氧烴)及非烴處理、轉 化及/或精煉過程。 2而’在其他情況下’基於觸媒組合物之預定用途,可 此更佳的方式係用—或多種如下所述的離子交換法來進一 步處理基質表面,以達成⑴可與第_ .^ 7 ,、弟虱化狀態相同或不同 亙竹用g J…貝與基質的離子及/或靜電相 用,足以產生催化活性區域, 在基貝表面上及/或内 126422.doc -33 - 200843852 車父佳為幺約20奈米,更佳為幺約 的平均厚度為S約30奈米 1 〇奈来。 現轉至表面活化處理’表面活化處理包括至少— 浸出處理’用以獲得第—類或〗類離子交換卿] 然而,應理解,若所接收的基質具有適合觸媒組合物達 預疋用途之IEP,則IEX]亦準傷用於說明該第一類基質。 通常,該離子浸出處理係藉由任何適當的方法執行、’亦 即以貫質異質之方式自整個基質表面有效移除所需之離子 種類,而不會明顯侵钱基質網狀物(例如,避免在表面區 域及/或表面下區域產生任何微孔結構)。例如但不限於大 口 ί5刀酉夂類物貝,無淪係無機酸或有機酸,及各種螯人岬 均適用於離子浸出處理。較佳地,使用無機酸,例=不 限於硝酸、磷酸、硫酸、鹽酸、乙酸、過氯酸、^臭酸、 氯磺酸、三氟乙酸及其組合。 通常,用於離子浸出處理之酸溶液的濃度取決於基質之 特性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在移 除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度)、基質之ΙΕΡ需要改變的程度 及觸媒組合物之預U㉟。較佳地,用於離子浸出處理之 酸溶液的濃度可在約〇·5 wt %至約5〇 wt %之間,更佳在約 2.5 wt·%至約25 Wt.%之間,最佳在約5糾.%至約i〇 % 之間。 螯合劑亦可用於離子浸出處理,例如,但不限於乙二胺 四乙酸(&quot;EDTA”)、冠醚、乙二酸鹽、聚胺、聚羧酸及其組 合0 126422.doc 34- 200843852 通常,用於離子浸出處理之螯合劑溶液的濃度取決於基 質之特性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、 在移除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度)及觸媒組合物之預定用 返較仏地,用於離子浸出處理之螯合劑溶液的濃度可在 約0.001 wt·%至飽和度之間,更佳在約〇〇1 wt%至飽和度 之間。 通系’會根據所使用之酸或螯合劑之類型及濃度及基質 之特性,選擇用於離子浸出處理的熱處理條件,例如加熱 溫度、加熱時間及混合條件。 視fee /谷液或螯合劑〉谷液之濃度而定,加熱溫度的變化範 圍很大。然而,較佳地,適用於酸離子浸出處理的加熱溫 度在約2(TC至約20(rc之間,更佳在約4(rc至約之 間,最佳在約6(TC至約9CTC之間。適用於螯合劑離子浸出 處理的加熱溫度在約2〇。〇至約2〇(rc的範圍,更佳在約4〇 °C至約90°c的範圍。 而定,適用於 用於離子浸出 ’更佳在約30 視酸溶液或螯合劑溶液之濃度及加熱時間 離子浸出處理的加熱時間可改變。較佳地, 處理的加熱時間在約15分鐘至約48小時之間 分鐘至約12小時之間。 通常,會根據所使用之酸劑或螯合劑類型及濃度及基質 之特性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在 移除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度等)及熱處理之持續時間, :擇混合條件。例如但不限於,混合條件可為連:或斷 、、男,亦可為機械混合、流化、翻滾、滾動或手動混人。 126422.doc -35- 200843852 總之,酸_螯合”·度、熱處理條件及混合條件的組 合,會根據在酸劑或螯合劑與目標基質離子之間達成足夠 的離子交換(&quot;聰”)程度予以確定,用以產生合適的等電點 及表面電荷之類型及程度,以達成基質的後處理或觸媒組 合物的預定用途所需之表面活性狀態。 在離子浸出處理完成後,較佳地以任何合適的方法分離 經離子浸出處理之基質,包括但不限於過濾、方式、離心方 式、傾析及其組合。然後’用-或多種適當的清洗液(例 如去離子水及/或適用的水溶性有機溶劑,例如甲醇、乙 醇或丙酮)清洗經離子浸出處理之基質,並在約室内溫度 至110 c之溫度下乾燥約20至24小時。 反離子交換處理 在有些情況下’取決於觸媒組合物之狀用途,可能較 佳的方式係對選定之基質進行反離子交換(&quot;Βΐχ&quot;)或兩步 式離子交換處理(在本文中統稱為ΒΙΧ處理)。Βΐχ處理通常 、稱為(但不限於)&quot;反離子”交換’因為將經離子浸出之基質 與包括t初移除之一種離子的鹽溶液(例^混合,經 離子浸出處理而自基質移除之此種離子(例如Na+)隨後會 =或返回基質。目前尚不清楚自基f中移除之離子是否 、疋會返回最初在基質中佔據的相同位置。,然而,無論最 初被置換之離子是否會因為BIX處理而完全或部分改變位 置或根本不改k位置,都應理解,本文中說明的處理 叫風由於j壬何該等可能的離? 4立點之置放變化而產生之所 有觸媒組合物。 126422.doc -36- 200843852 通常’用於處理經離子浸出處理之基質的鹽溶液類型, 取決於將進行反離子交換之離子類型。較佳地,只進行— 種離子的反離子交換,但在某些情況下,可能需要進行兩 種或更多種離子的反離子交換。 〆何易於藉由上述離子浸出處理方法移除之離子均可進 行反一離子交換。該等離子之一些實例包括但不限於第上族 (以河的第u族)鹼金屬離子,例如鐘、納及卸離子,及來 ,自第2族(以前的第„A族)的驗土金屬離子,例如皱、鎮、 妈離子、NH4及院基銨陽離子’及小型有機聚陽離子。較 佳地,鹼金屬離子及NH/係用於BIX處理的較佳目標離 子’而Na+及NH/係較佳的ΒΙχ離子,且Na+係更佳的町 離子。 I苇用於BIX處理之鹽溶液濃度,取決於經離子浸出 處理而要經mx處理的基質類型及用於返回經離子浸出處 理基質之BIX離子的相對親和力,同樣,與Βιχ離子返回 基質網狀物中的位點無關(例如,Na+對於基質對比Η+的相 對親和力)。對於大部分類型的玻璃基質,例如但不限於 AR玻璃、Α玻璃或石英玻璃,約〇 〇〇1咖丨几至5則丨几濃 度之BIX _鹽溶液係較佳,而約〇〇5瓜…几至] 鹽溶液係更佳。 典型情況下,會根據所使用之Βΐχ_鹽溶液之類型及濃度 及基質之特性,選擇用於BIX處理的熱處理條件,例如加 熱溫度、加熱時間及混合條件。 較佳地,用於使用BIX-鹽溶液進行ΒΙχ處理的加熱溫 I26422.doc 200843852 度,可在約20°C至約200°C之間,更佳在約30°C至約95°C 之間。 視BIX-鹽溶液之濃度及所選擇之加熱溫度而定,用於 BIX處理的加熱時間可改變。較佳地,Βΐχ處理的加熱時 間在約5分鐘至約24小時之間,更佳在約30分鐘至約8小時 之間。 通常,會根據所使用之BIX溶液類型及濃度及基質之特 性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在移除 網狀物離子後玻璃之強度等)及熱處理之持續時間,選擇 混合條件。例如但不限於,混合條件可為連續或斷續,亦 可為機械混合、流化、翻滾、滚動或手動混合。 人總BDC鹽溶液濃度、熱處理條件及混合條件的組 合,實質上係基於返回足夠數量及分配足夠數量之隱離 子回到基質進行確定,而與離子於基質網狀物中之位點益 1電分布足夠數量之BIX_離子係用以產生所需之表 =何類型及程度’以產生達成基質的後處理或觸媒組合 物的預定用途所要之表面活性狀態。 藉由調整PH值來調整基質表面電荷 之= 也,需,用基質上的負表面電荷來支援與帶正電荷 等)的靜+相%離子性過渡金屬成分 甩才互作用或親和力。缺 媒έ日人仏r- …、 ’對於一些潛在的觸 媒組合物應用,可 你日]觸 荷之成八u u 表面電荷來支持與帶負電 仃之成分(例如陰離子性過渡全 ^ 子、貴全凰夕Α 屬虱離子、硫酸根陰離 貝至屬夕鹵化物陰離子等) 手)的靜電相互作用或親和 126422.doc -38- 200843852 力。 通常,可藉由將經離子浸出處理之基質/ΙΕχ混合物的pH 值調整為低於或高於基質等電點(,,IEp”),將基質之表面電 荷改變為淨正性狀態或淨負性狀態。請回想,IEP又稱為 零點電荷(&quot;ZPC&quot;)。因此,換言之,IEP(或zpc)可視為材 料在初濕時之表面具有淨零表面電荷的pH值。所以,將基 夤/IEX水混合物之pH值調整為大於基質IEp(或21^)的 值可在基貝上產生淨的負表面電荷。另外,將基質/ΙΕχ 水混合物之pH值調整為小於基質ΙΕρ(或zpc)的?]9值,可 在基質上產生淨的正表面電荷。 例如但不限於,若AR玻璃之IEP等於96,若將經離子浸 出處理之AR玻璃的pH值調整為&gt;9.6的pH值,則將會在玻 璃表面產生淨的負表面電荷。視AR玻璃之IEP分布而定, 較佳的方式可能為將pH值調整為大於基質之IEp一或兩個 或更多個pH值單位,以保證其表面電荷得到充分支持。 用於進行所述pH值調整之溶液類型,將取決於與其他反 應物之相容性、玻璃穩定性及所要求的電荷密度及其他因 素。通常,任何稀鹼均可用於將基質表面電荷調至其 、側(亦即產生/爭的負表面電荷),而任何稀酸可用於將 ^質表面電荷調至其IEP的左側(亦即產生淨的正表面電 何)。無機酸及鹼或有機酸及鹼均可以稀濃度使用,而通 吊較佳為無機酸。通常,稀酸溶液或稀鹼溶液之濃度將取 決於所使用的酸或鹼類型、其解離常數及適於獲得所要表 面電荷類型及密度的pH值。 、 126422.doc -39- 200843852 在某些情況下,可能需要在使表面電荷產生與某催化成 分或前驅物相同符號的pH值下,整合該催化成分或前驅 物。在該等條件下,靜電吸附(EA)型整合機制係很可能不 會發生的。然而,在不受理論約束的情況下,在可交換之 表面位置上可能發生直接的離子交換(ΙΕχ)或反交換 (BIX),導致催化成分或前驅物之表面整合,該催化成分 或前驅物可能在物理上及/或化學上不同於在靜電吸附 f (EA)機制了整合的相同組分。例如,某些基質表面部分包 括可由相同符號的離子催化成分或前驅物置換之陽離子 (或陰離子),該等基質表面部分可提供用於與基質表面部 分進行適量但有效的IEX或ΒΙΧ之交換位置。例如但不限 於,該等部分,如矽烷氧基(_Si_0. Na+)部分包括可至少部 分由帶正電荷之催化金屬或金屬錯合物前驅物(例如但不 限於PcUNH3)4^)置換的Na+離子,進而產生具有催化有效 量之催化成分的基質。 ’k 藉由調整?11值來控制經ΒΙχ處理之基質的表面電荷 如同在ΙΕΧ處理或第二][ΕΧ處理(”ΙΕχ-2處理,,,如下論 述)的情況一樣,對於某些ΒΙΧ處理,可能需要調整1311值, 但亚非必需。同樣,根據將要在ΙΕΧ-2處理中整合至表面 之第二成分及交換之BIX-離子類型,所需之ρΗ調整程度通 系取決於基質的ΙΕΡ、其ΙΕΡ對比表面電荷分布曲線及所要 之電荷類型。 用於進行所述pH值調整之溶液類型,將取決於與其他反 …物之相容性、基質在相關pH值範圍内的穩定性及所要之 126422.d〇c -40- 200843852 電荷密度及其他因素。通常,任何稀驗均可用於將基質表 面電荷調至其IEP的右側(亦即產生淨的負表面電荷),而任 何稀酸可用於將基質表面電荷調至其IEp的左側(亦即產生 淨的正表面電荷)。無機酸或鹼或有機酸或鹼均可以稀濃 度。通常,稀酸溶液或稀驗溶液之濃度,將取決於所使用 之酸或鹼類型、其解離常數及適於獲得所要表面電荷類型 及密度的pH值。 〆 III· 2型成分前驅物整合處理 無論基質表面活性係按原樣接收,或係經離子浸出處理 (亦即經IEX-1處理之基質),或經ΒΙχ處理,較佳地,在⑴ 第二離子交換ΠΕΧ-2&quot;)處理,(ii)靜電吸附(EA)處理或(出) 某些IEX-2與EA處理之組合中使用至少—種第二成分前驅 物(”2型成分前驅物”)進一步處理基質,以便將一或多種第 二成分前驅物整合在具有第二種與基質的離子及/或靜電 相互作用之基質表面上及/或内。接下來,按照預定用 途,某些2型成分前驅物在未經進一步處理的情況下可產 生催化活性區$,或經進一步處理而產生包括一或多種2 型成分之催化活性區域。然@,無論該催化活性區域係由 ⑷2型成分前驅物組成,(b)由產生於2型成分前驅物之2型 成分組成’或⑷由⑷及⑻之某組合組成,催化區域在基 質表面上及/或内的平均厚度物約3〇奈米,較佳^約 2〇奈米,更佳為&lt;約1〇奈米。 A如前所述,在某些情況下,取決於觸媒組合物之預定用 途,按原樣接收或經離子浸出處理之基質可具有催化效 126422.doc -41 - 200843852 力。然而,對於許多潛在應用,通 之A皙推;τ v 更4的方式為對選定 之基貝進仃ΙΕχ_2及/或]6入處理。 杜丄 例如但不限於,許多適八 使用本發明觸媒組合物之過程 口 能4六令皇^ ^ 久應逮率、選擇性及/或 月b里效率,可猎由置換至少一 將笛-鍤+ v, 丨刀弟一成分(”1型成分並 將弟一種成分(”2型成分”)舆基 衣囬正合而顯著提高。 在不文理論約束的情況下,藉 册知f # 丞貝表面上及/或内 V相反琶何之特定離子交換位 r ^ m 史订i接或間接的離子相 互作用,藉由與帶相反電荷之基質 貝衣面進仃靜電吸附相互 用’及某些離子相互作用與靜電吸附相互作用之組合或 其他類型之有待瞭解的前驅物電荷-表面間相互作 用,2型成分前驅物離子可得以整合。然而,不論相互作 用之性質如何’在按原樣接收之基質、經IEX_W理之基 貝或經BIX-處理之基質產生第二種前驅物電荷-表面間相 互作用的情況下’ 2型成分前驅物可能因此產生催化活性 區域,該催化活性區域在基質表面上及/或内的平均厚度 為-岣30奈米,較佳為 &lt;約2〇奈米,更佳為 &lt;約奈米。 只是為了便於進行以下討論,且無意限制本文所述本發 明之範圍,本文使用IEX_2來統稱通常稱為2_型成分前驅 物電荷-表面間相互作用或2型成分前驅物相互作用之廣泛 的相互作用。 通常,用於處理經圯父-丨處理或經Βΐχ-處理之基質的鹽 ’合液頬型,將取決於要在ΐΕχ_2處理中進行離子交換之離 子類型。或是一種離子將進行離子交換,或在某些情況下 需要進行兩種或更多種離子之交換,或是同時進行離子交 126422.doc -42- 200843852 換,或是按順序進行離子交換。 在兩種不同犬員型的成分前驅物離子與基質整合之情況 下,本文中該膨2處理稱為兩次離子交換或兩次口正^處 里口此在二種不同類型的成分前驅物離子與基質整合 之情況下,IEX-2處理稱為三次離子交換或三次膨 理。 2型成分及前驅物說明 脱-2離子之任何鹽溶液,若化學上易於置換㈣樣接 收、㈣X-遠理或經ΒΙΧ_處理之基質表面上的離子,或 具有電荷親和力來達成與經勝1處理或經BIX-處理之基 質表面的靜電相互作用,即可使用。 土 所以,IEX-2離子能夠作為2型成分之前驅物。如上所 述,«其預定用途,該等離子性祕2前驅物(即㈣ 成分前^驅物)可能具有催化效力,若是如此,該等離子性 IEX 2 4驅物就能夠像某類觸媒組合物中的2型成分一 樣以其前驅物狀態工作’但所述離子亦可作為在製備另一 =之觸媒組合物過程中的ΙΕΧ-2前驅物工作。然而,通 2情況下,離子性巧又-2驅物(可用於獲得與基質表面整 合之2型成分)包括但不限於布忍司特或路易士酸、布忍司 特或路易士驗、貴金屬陽離子及貴金屬錯合陽離子及陰離 子、過渡金屬陽離子及過渡金屬錯合陽離子及陰離子、過 渡至屬氧陰離子、過渡金屬硫屬化物陰離子、主族氧陰離 子南離子、稀土離子、稀土錯合陽離子及陰離子及其組 合0 126422.doc 43- 200843852 同樣,取決於觸媒組合物之預定用途,某些ΙΕχ_2離子 本身在前驅物狀態下有催化效力,與適當的基質整合時可 產生21成分。可選擇在不進一步處理的情況下具有催化 效力之離子性ΙΕχ_2前驅物,某些實例包括但不限於布忍 、司特或路易士酸、布忍司特或路易士驗、貴金屬陽離子、 過渡金屬陽離子、過渡金屬氧陰離子、主族氧陰離子、鹵 離子、稀土氫氧根離子、稀土氧化物離子及其組合。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些貴金屬及過渡金屬實例, 包括但不限於第7族至第11族(以前的第_、第IIb族、第 Vbk、第Vlb族、第Vb族及第νπι族),例如銘、把、錄、 銅、銀、金、铑、銥、釕、銖、餓、鈷、鐵、錳、辞的離 子鹽及錯合離子鹽及其組合。對於肌2處理,把、麵、 鍺銥、釘、鍊、銅、銀、金及鎳的離子鹽尤其較佳0為 ^方便起見’該等族之元素可藉由使用國際理論及應用化 予聯合會卯PAC)命名系統之元素族編號在 jtp.’//pearu.lanI.gov/periodic/default htm 中顯示的化學元 素週期表(並顯示以前使用的族編號)中查詢。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些過渡金屬氧陰離子實例, 匕括但不限於第5族及第6族(前 麴工臨 氺刚的弟Vb族及第VIb族)的 離子鹽,例如V〇43-、w〇 2·、 Λ, , U4 H2W12〇4〇6·、MOO,、 μ〇7〇24、Nb6〇196-、Re〇 -及 Α 人 汉/、、、且σ。對於ΙΕΧ-2處理, 鍊、鉬、鎢及釩的離子鹽尤其較佳。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某 每如 ^ s 呆二過,度金屬硫屬化物陰離子 汽例,包括但不限於第6族(以前的坌ντκ 、(以别的弟Vlb族)的離子鹽,例 126422.doc -44- 200843852 如M〇S4 ·、WS42-及其組合。 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些主族氧陰離子實例,包括 但不3限於第族(以前的第VIa族)的離子鹽,例如⑽^、 P〇43·、W及其組合。對於IEX-2處王里,S(V-的離4子鹽 尤其較佳。 y作為2型成分前驅物之某些齒離子實例,包括但不限 於第17族(以前的第VIIa族)的離子鹽,例如F-、ο·、以&quot;_ 、ι-及其組合。對於ΙΕχ_2處理,F^ci•的離子鹽尤其較 可作為2型成分前驅物之某些稀土離子及稀土錯合陽離 子或離子實例,包括但不限於鑭系元素及㈣元素的離子 鹽,例如 La、Pr、Nd、Pm、Sm、Eu、㈤、几、d” H〇、Er、Tm、Yb、Lu、Th、u及其組合。 ,可用於產生作為2型成分之過渡金屬_碳化物、過渡金 屬-氮化物、過渡金屬-硼化物及過渡金屬_磷化物的某些過 渡金屬實例,包括但不限於鉻、鉬、鎢、鈮、鈕、鐵、 鈷、鎳的離子鹽及其組合。 IEX-2處理說明 通系,用於IEX-2處理之鹽溶液濃度,取決於經正乂“處 理或BIX-處理並要經ΙΕχ_2處理之基質類型及用於與經 IEX-1處理之基質相互作用及/或整合的ΐΕχ_2離子之相對 親和力。對於大部分類型之玻璃基質(例如但不限於ar 型、A型或鈉鈣(S0(ia-iime)玻璃),約〇 〇〇1 wt %至飽和的 IEX-2鹽溶液係較佳,而約〇〇〇1械%至5正又_2鹽 126422.doc -45- 200843852 溶液係更m ’視被視為達成觸媒組合物之預定用途 所必需之催化成分的官能性表面濃度而^,ΐΕχ_2 : 可能為小於0.001 wt.%。 風/夜 、右夕種離子類型與基質交換,無論為同時進行或按順序 進行’鹽溶液之濃度將按照對於基質上各種成分前驅 而的相對負載及基質適用於某種成分前驅物對比另一種成 分前驅物的相對親和力進行調整。例如但不限於,在兩次 IEX-2處理(亦即兩種不同催化成分前驅物與經ΐΕχ_ι或 町-處理之基質整合)或三次ΙΕχ_2處理(亦即三種不同的 催化成分前驅物與經ΪΕΧ」或經ΒΙχ_處理之基質整合)中, 用於沈殿各種離子的鹽溶液濃度將取決於適用於各類與基 質表面整合之成分前驅物的目標相對濃度及對於各種離^ 之表面親和力。 典型情況下,會根據所使用之ΙΕχ_2鹽溶液類型及濃度 及基質之特性,選擇適用於ΙΕΧ_2處理的熱處理條件,:The degree is &lt; about 3 nanometers, preferably "the average thickness of about 2 nanometers, more preferably the average thickness of about 10 nanometers of S. For example, in the case of staying for two hours, depending on the catalyst combination The intended use of the material, if the substrate obtained has a suitable type and extent of pore structure (if any) and an isoelectric point (IEP) matrix which may have sufficient surface activity upon receipt, effective Catalytic. Although not necessary but preferred, the substrate can be treated to further modify and/or improve its surface activity. Additionally, the substrate can be treated to remove any organic coating or other material that is expected to interfere with the performance of the catalyst composition. Further, as discussed in more detail below, in the &quot;type 2 precursor precursor integration process, it may be better to use ion exchange (IEX) depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition. , a counter ion exchange (BIX) and/or electrostatic adsorption (EA) phase process for further processing the surface of the substrate, the process comprising integrating one or more second components onto and/or within the surface of the substrate, the substrate surface having Second class and matrix The ions and/or electrostatic interactions, and thus the catalytically active regions, have an average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate of (10) nanometers, preferably 220 nanometers, more preferably s1 nanometers. In addition to treating the composition of the substance typically found on the surface of the substrate under typical conditions and whether the substance is expected to interfere with the preparation of the catalyst composition and/or interfere with the desired performance of the intended use of the catalyst composition, For the removal of contaminants, the AR type glass is typically made of an organic coating (also 126422.doc -31 - 200843852 sizing), which is used to facilitate processing, for example in The organic coating or coating can interfere with the preparation of the catalyst composition, even if it does not interfere with the catalytic performance of the majority of the eight (right but not all) intended use of the catalyst composition. Therefore, the organic coating refractory system should be removed for a preferred method of removing such an organic coating. The main goal of this treatment is to remove the spleen, 兮汍% 马 锣 、 、, / / 木 土 贝 贝 贝 贝 贝 贝 贝 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , In some cases, depending on the nature of the contaminant to be removed from the substrate, the agent, surfactant, hydrazine, cross, right main, and soil remove contaminants to achieve satisfactory results. However, depending on the degree of calcination used, it is preferred to calcine the substrate in oxidizing properties (e.g., in air or oxygen). It is also important that i choose a high calcination temperature to remove the target contaminant, but the calcination temperature is low enough to avoid the softening point of the material. Generally, the calcination temperature should be at least about 5 (rc lower than the softening point of the selected matrix material. Preferably, the calcination temperature should be at least about 1 Torr (rc) lower than the softening point of the selected matrix material. For example, in use In the case of a glass, the calcination μ of the most linear glass is acceptable to remove contaminants between about 3 GGC and about 7 GG C. Typically, the selected matrix material should be calcined for about 2 to 14 hours, preferably calcined. Mountain hour. Nevertheless, the calcination time can be varied outside of these time ranges by taking the nature of the obtained base and the nature of the target contaminant to be removed from the matrix. Surface activation is achieved by ion leaching treatment in any After the potential contaminants are substantially removed from the substrate, the substrate can be treated to produce the surface active state and the desired isoelectric point (f, iEp"), provided that the initial IEP obtained from the matrix is 126422.doc -32- 200843852 Not within the desired range. However, in some cases the received substrate may have sufficient surface activity and require further modification using one or more other treatments (described in more detail below) without using the first type of ions. Dip (ΙΕΧ-1) treatment (this will be discussed first in other treatments described in more detail below). In other words, the elemental composition of the matrix, especially on the outer surface or substantially close to the outer surface, may be sufficient to achieve the desired However, in many cases, the composition of the matrix will require some modification to change the initial ΙΕρ and obtain a suitable enthalpy, and then obtain a surface that meets the type and degree of conformation according to the intended use of the catalyst composition. Active state. The surface active state, in the case where - or a plurality of first components have (1) a first oxidation state and (π) a first type of ion and/or electrostatic interaction with a matrix, may be sufficient to generate a catalytically active region, The average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate is _ &lt; about 3 〇 nanometers, preferably such as tens of meters, more preferably 10 mils, and g) this provides the desired properties of the composition for the intended use of the composition. ° For example, but not limited to, 'formed' or Lewis's acid sites on the surface of and/or within the substrate can be effectively promoted by some hydrocarbons and miscellaneous sites. (eg, oxygenated hydrocarbons) and non-hydrocarbon treatment, conversion and/or refining processes. 2 and 'in other cases' based on the intended use of the catalyst composition, this may be used in a better manner - or as described below The ion exchange method is further used to further treat the surface of the substrate to achieve (1) the same or different conditions as the first or the same, and the use of the ion and/or electrostatic phase of the g J... shell with the substrate is sufficient to generate catalytic activity. Area, on the surface of the Kibe and/or 126422.doc -33 - 200843852 The car is 20 about 20 nm, and the average thickness of the 幺 is about 30 nm 1 〇奈奈. Now turn to Surface activation treatment 'surface activation treatment includes at least - leaching treatment' to obtain a first or a class of ion exchanges.] However, it should be understood that if the substrate received has an IEP suitable for the intended use of the catalyst composition, then IEX] is also used to describe the first type of matrix. Typically, the ion leaching process is performed by any suitable means, i.e., effective removal of the desired ionic species from the entire substrate surface in a manner that is substantially incompatible with the matrix network (e.g., Avoid creating any microporous structures in the surface area and/or under the surface area). For example, but not limited to, large-mouth ί5 酉夂 酉夂 , ,, 沦 无机 inorganic acid or organic acid, and various chelating 岬 are suitable for ion leaching treatment. Preferably, a mineral acid is used, for example, not limited to nitric acid, phosphoric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrochloric acid, acetic acid, perchloric acid, odorous acid, chlorosulfonic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, and combinations thereof. Generally, the concentration of the acid solution used for the ion leaching treatment depends on the characteristics of the substrate (for example, the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass network, the strength of the glass after removal of the network ions), and the need for the matrix. The degree of change and the pre-U35 of the catalyst composition. Preferably, the concentration of the acid solution used for the ion leaching treatment may be between about 55 wt% to about 5 wt%, more preferably between about 2.5 wt.% and about 25 Wt.%, most preferably Between about 5 corrections and about i〇%. Chelating agents can also be used in ion leaching processes such as, but not limited to, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (&quot;EDTA"), crown ethers, oxalates, polyamines, polycarboxylic acids, and combinations thereof. 126422.doc 34- 200843852 Typically, the concentration of the chelating agent solution used in the ion leaching process depends on the characteristics of the substrate (eg, the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass network, the strength of the glass after removal of the network ions) and the combination of catalysts. The concentration of the chelating agent solution used for the ion leaching treatment may be between about 0.001 wt.% and saturation, more preferably between about 1 wt% and saturation. 'The heat treatment conditions for ion leaching treatment, such as heating temperature, heating time and mixing conditions, are selected depending on the type and concentration of the acid or chelating agent used and the characteristics of the substrate. Depending on the type of fee / gluten or chelating agent The heating temperature varies widely depending on the concentration. However, preferably, the heating temperature suitable for the acid ion leaching treatment is between about 2 (TC to about 20 (rc, more preferably about 4 (rc to about). Between the best at about 6 (TC to about 9 CTC The heating temperature for the chelating agent ion leaching treatment is about 2 Torr. 〇 to about 2 〇 (the range of rc, more preferably in the range of about 4 〇 ° C to about 90 ° C. Ion leaching 'more preferably at about 30 depending on the concentration of the acid solution or chelating agent solution and the heating time. The heating time of the ion leaching treatment may vary. Preferably, the heating time of the treatment is between about 15 minutes and about 48 hours to about Between 12 hours. Usually, depending on the type and concentration of the acid or chelating agent used and the nature of the substrate (for example, the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass mesh, after removal of the mesh ions) Strength, etc.) and duration of heat treatment, such as, but not limited to, the mixing conditions can be: or broken, male, mechanical mixing, fluidization, tumbling, rolling or manual mixing. 126422. Doc -35- 200843852 In summary, the combination of acid chelating degree, heat treatment conditions and mixing conditions will be based on the degree of sufficient ion exchange (&quot;consistency) between the acid or chelating agent and the target matrix ion. OK, use The appropriate isoelectric point and the type and extent of surface charge are generated to achieve the surface active state required for the post-treatment of the substrate or the intended use of the catalyst composition. After completion of the ion leaching process, preferably in any suitable manner Isolation of the substrate by ion leaching, including but not limited to filtration, mode, centrifugation, decantation, and combinations thereof. Then 'with- or a variety of suitable cleaning solutions (eg, deionized water and/or a suitable water-soluble organic solvent, The ion-leached substrate is washed, for example, with methanol, ethanol or acetone, and dried at about room temperature to 110 c for about 20 to 24 hours. The reverse ion exchange treatment is in some cases 'depending on the composition of the catalyst. Use, perhaps the preferred way is to perform reverse ion exchange (&quot;Βΐχ&quot;) or two-step ion exchange treatment (collectively referred to herein as hydrazine treatment) on selected matrices. The hydrazine treatment is usually called (but not limited to) &quot;counter ion exchange&quot; because the ion leached substrate is mixed with a salt solution including an ion initially removed, and is transferred from the substrate by ion leaching treatment. In addition to this ion (eg Na+) then = or return to the matrix. It is not clear whether the ions removed from the base f will return to the same position originally occupied in the matrix. However, regardless of the initial replacement Whether the ions will completely or partially change position or not change k position due to BIX processing, it should be understood that the processing described in this paper is due to the possible displacement of the 4 points. All catalyst compositions. 126422.doc -36- 200843852 Generally, the type of salt solution used to treat the substrate subjected to ion leaching treatment depends on the type of ions that will undergo reverse ion exchange. Preferably, only the ions are Counter ion exchange, but in some cases, counter ion exchange of two or more ions may be required. Any ions that are easily removed by the above ion leaching process can enter. Reverse ion exchange. Some examples of the plasma include, but are not limited to, the first group (the group of the river's u) alkali metal ions, such as clocks, nano and unloading ions, and come from the second group (formerly „ Earthquake metal ions of Group A), such as wrinkles, towns, mother ions, NH4 and quaternary ammonium cations, and small organic polycations. Preferably, alkali metal ions and NH/ are preferred target ions for BIX treatment. 'Na+ and NH/ are preferred cesium ions, and Na+ is better meth. I. The concentration of the salt solution used for BIX treatment depends on the type of matrix to be mx treated by ion leaching and used for The relative affinity of the BIX ions that are returned to the ion leaching matrix is likewise independent of the site in which the Βιχ ions are returned to the matrix network (eg, the relative affinity of Na+ for matrix versus Η+). For most types of glass matrices, For example, but not limited to, AR glass, bismuth glass or quartz glass, about 1 to 5, a few concentrations of BIX _ salt solution is preferred, and about 〇〇 5 melons ... several to ~ salt solution is more Good. Typically, it will be based on The heat treatment conditions for the BIX treatment, such as the heating temperature, the heating time, and the mixing conditions, are selected for the type and concentration of the salt solution and the characteristics of the substrate. Preferably, the heating is carried out for the hydrazine treatment using the BIX-salt solution. Temperature I26422.doc 200843852 degrees, may be between about 20 ° C to about 200 ° C, more preferably between about 30 ° C to about 95 ° C. Depending on the concentration of BIX - salt solution and the selected heating temperature The heating time for the BIX treatment may vary. Preferably, the heating time of the hydrazine treatment is between about 5 minutes and about 24 hours, more preferably between about 30 minutes and about 8 hours. The mixing conditions are selected using the type and concentration of the BIX solution and the characteristics of the substrate (e.g., the affinity of the ions to be removed from the glass network, the strength of the glass after removal of the network ions, etc.) and the duration of the heat treatment. For example, without limitation, the mixing conditions can be continuous or intermittent, or mechanical mixing, fluidization, tumbling, rolling, or manual mixing. The combination of human total BDC salt solution concentration, heat treatment conditions, and mixing conditions is substantially determined based on returning a sufficient amount and dispensing a sufficient amount of hidden ions back to the matrix, and the ions are at a site in the matrix network. A sufficient amount of BIX_ionic is distributed to produce the desired table = type and extent ' to produce a surface active state desired for the intended use of the substrate or for the intended use of the catalyst composition. By adjusting the pH to adjust the surface charge of the substrate, it is also necessary to use the negative surface charge on the substrate to support the static + phase % ionic transition metal component of the positive charge or the like. Missing media, έr- ..., 'For some potential catalyst composition applications, you can hit the surface of the eight uu surface charge to support the components with negative charge (such as an anionic transition)贵 凰 Α Α Α Α Α 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 静电 静电 静电 静电 静电 静电 静电 静电 静电 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 Generally, the surface charge of the substrate can be changed to a net positive state or a net negative by adjusting the pH of the ion leaching substrate/ruthenium mixture to be lower or higher than the isoelectric point of the matrix (, IEp"). Sexual state. Think back, IEP is also known as zero charge (&quot;ZPC&quot;). Therefore, in other words, IEP (or zpc) can be regarded as the pH value of the material with a net zero surface charge on the surface at the initial humidity. Adjusting the pH of the 夤/IEX water mixture to a value greater than the matrix IEp (or 21^) produces a net negative surface charge on the kebab. In addition, the pH of the matrix/hydrophobic mixture is adjusted to be less than the matrix ΙΕρ (or The value of ??9 of zpc) can produce a net positive surface charge on the substrate. For example, but not limited to, if the IEP of the AR glass is equal to 96, if the pH of the AR glass subjected to ion leaching treatment is adjusted to &gt; 9.6 The pH will produce a net negative surface charge on the glass surface. Depending on the IEP distribution of the AR glass, the preferred way may be to adjust the pH to one or two or more pH values above the IEp of the matrix. Unit to ensure that its surface charge is fully supported. The type of solution to which the pH is adjusted will depend on compatibility with other reactants, glass stability, and required charge density, among other factors. Generally, any dilute base can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to its , side (ie, negative surface charge generated/contented), and any dilute acid can be used to adjust the surface charge to the left side of its IEP (ie, to produce a net positive surface). Inorganic acids and bases or organic acids And the base can be used in a dilute concentration, and the suspension is preferably a mineral acid. Generally, the concentration of the dilute acid solution or the dilute alkali solution will depend on the type of acid or base used, its dissociation constant, and the type of surface charge to be obtained. And the pH of the density. 126422.doc -39- 200843852 In some cases, it may be necessary to integrate the catalytic component or precursor at a pH that causes the surface charge to produce the same sign as a catalytic component or precursor. Under these conditions, electrostatic adsorption (EA) type integration mechanisms are unlikely to occur. However, without being bound by theory, direct ion exchange may occur at exchangeable surface locations. ΙΕχ) or reverse exchange (BIX), resulting in the surface integration of catalytic components or precursors, which may be physically and/or chemically different from the same components integrated in the electrostatic adsorption f (EA) mechanism For example, certain substrate surface portions include cations (or anions) that may be replaced by ionic catalytic components or precursors of the same symbol, which may provide an appropriate but effective exchange of IEX or hydrazine with the surface portion of the substrate. Position, such as, but not limited to, such moieties, such as decyloxy (_Si_0. Na+) moieties, including at least partially displaced by a positively charged catalytic metal or metal complex precursor (such as, but not limited to, PcUNH3) 4^) The Na+ ions, in turn, produce a matrix having a catalytically effective amount of catalytic component. ‘k By adjusting? The value of 11 controls the surface charge of the matrix treated by the ruthenium as in the case of ruthenium treatment or second [[ΕΧ treatment ("ΙΕχ-2 treatment, as discussed below), for some ΒΙΧ treatments, it may be necessary to adjust the 1311 value However, it is necessary for Asia and Africa. Similarly, depending on the type of BIX-ion that will be integrated into the surface of the ΙΕΧ-2 treatment and the exchange of BIX-ions, the degree of adjustment required depends on the enthalpy of the matrix and its surface charge. The distribution curve and the type of charge required. The type of solution used to carry out the pH adjustment will depend on compatibility with other anti-objects, stability of the matrix over the relevant pH range, and the desired 126422.d〇 C -40- 200843852 Charge density and other factors. Generally, any rare test can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to the right side of its IEP (ie, to produce a net negative surface charge), and any dilute acid can be used to charge the surface of the substrate. Adjust to the left side of the IEp (ie, produce a net positive surface charge). The inorganic acid or base or organic acid or base can be diluted. Usually, the concentration of the dilute acid solution or the rare test solution, Depending on the type of acid or base used, its dissociation constant, and the pH suitable for obtaining the type and density of the surface charge to be obtained. 〆III· Type 2 component precursor integration treatment Whether the substrate surface active system is received as it is, or is ionized Leaching treatment (ie, substrate treated with IEX-1), or treatment with hydrazine, preferably, (1) second ion exchange enthalpy-2&quot;), (ii) electrostatic adsorption (EA) treatment or (out) The combination of IEX-2 and EA treatment uses at least one second component precursor ("type 2 component precursor") to further process the substrate to integrate one or more second component precursors with a second and matrix On and/or within the surface of the ionic and/or electrostatic interaction substrate. Next, certain Type 2 component precursors may be subjected to a catalytically active zone $ without further treatment, or further processed, depending on the intended use. Producing a catalytically active region comprising one or more Type 2 components. However, the catalytically active region consists of a precursor of the (4) type 2 component and (b) consists of a type 2 component of the precursor of the type 2 component' or Consisting of a combination of (4) and (8), the average thickness of the catalytic region on and/or within the surface of the substrate is about 3 nanometers, preferably about 2 nanometers, more preferably &lt; about 1 nanometer. As mentioned previously, in some cases, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition, the substrate received as received or ion leached may have a catalytic effect of 126422.doc -41 - 200843852. However, for many potential applications The method of τ v is 4 is to treat the selected base 仃ΙΕχ and/or 6 into the process. For example, but not limited to, a plurality of process ports using the catalyst composition of the present invention Can be 4 six-level emperor ^ ^ long-term catch rate, selectivity and / or efficiency in the month b, can be replaced by at least one will be flute - 锸 + v, 丨 knife brother a component ("1 type ingredients and brother one ingredient ("Type 2 Ingredients") The 舆 base coat was positively combined and significantly improved. In the case of unconstrained theory, the specific ion exchange position r ^ m on the surface of the mussel and/or the opposite V is discussed, by the opposite or indirect ionic interaction, The charge of the matrix, the surface of the shell, the electrostatic adsorption, and the combination of some ionic interactions and electrostatic adsorption interactions or other types of precursor charge-surface interactions to be understood, the type 2 precursor ions can be Integration. However, regardless of the nature of the interaction, 'type 2 component precursors' in the case of a substrate that is received as received, a substrate with IEX_W or a BIX-treated substrate that produces a second precursor charge-surface interaction It is thus possible to produce a catalytically active region having an average thickness on and/or within the surface of the substrate of - 30 nanometers, preferably &lt; about 2 nanometers, more preferably &lt; about nanometers. For the convenience of the following discussion, and without intending to limit the scope of the invention described herein, IEX_2 is used herein to collectively refer to a broad range of mutual interactions between charge-surface interactions or type 2 precursor precursors commonly referred to as type 2_component precursors. effect. In general, the salt&apos;s liquid type used to treat the matrix treated by the 圯-丨 or Βΐχ-process will depend on the type of ion to be ion exchanged in the ΐΕχ_2 treatment. Either an ion will be ion exchanged or, in some cases, two or more ions will be exchanged, or ion exchanges may be performed simultaneously, or ion exchange may be performed sequentially. In the case where the precursor precursor ions of two different dog-type types are integrated with the matrix, the swelling treatment in this paper is called two ion exchanges or two mouths, which are in two different types of component precursors. In the case where ions are integrated with the matrix, the IEX-2 treatment is referred to as tertiary ion exchange or tertiary expansion. The type 2 component and the precursor indicate any salt solution of the deionized ion, if it is chemically easy to replace (four) sample receiving, (4) X-directed or ion treated on the surface of the substrate, or has charge affinity to achieve and win 1 Electrostatic interaction of the treated or BIX-treated substrate surface can be used. Therefore, the IEX-2 ion can be used as a precursor to the type 2 component. As described above, the plasma secret 2 precursor (ie, the (four) component precursor) may have catalytic effect, and if so, the plasma IEX 2 4 precursor can act like a certain type of catalyst composition. The Type 2 component works as its precursor state, but the ion can also function as a ΙΕΧ-2 precursor in the preparation of another catalyst composition. However, in the case of pass 2, the ionic and the -2 drive (which can be used to obtain the type 2 component integrated with the surface of the substrate) includes, but is not limited to, Blenzel or Lewis acid, Brunsett or Lewis, precious metal cations. And noble metal complex cations and anions, transition metal cations and transition metal complex cations and anions, transition to oxyanions, transition metal chalcogenide anions, main oxyanion ions, rare earth ions, rare earth complex cations and anions and Combinations 0 126422.doc 43- 200843852 Again, depending on the intended use of the catalyst composition, certain ΙΕχ_2 ions themselves have catalytic potencies in the precursor state and can produce 21 components when combined with a suitable matrix. Selective ionic ΙΕχ 2 precursors with catalytic potency without further processing, some examples including, but not limited to, ruthenium, stellite or Lewis acid, brunite or Lewis, noble metal cations, transition metal cations, Transition metal oxyanions, main oxyanions, halides, rare earth hydroxide ions, rare earth oxide ions, and combinations thereof. Examples of certain noble metals and transition metals that can be used as precursors for type 2 components, including but not limited to Groups 7 through 11 (formerly Groups _, IIb, Vbk, Vlb, Vb, and νπι Family), such as Ming, Hand, Record, Copper, Silver, Gold, 铑, 铱, 钌, 铢, Hungry, Cobalt, Iron, Manganese, ionic salts and complex ion salts and combinations thereof. For the muscle 2 treatment, the ionic salts of the face, the enamel, the nail, the chain, the copper, the silver, the gold and the nickel are particularly preferably 0. For convenience, the elements of the group can be used by using international theory and application. The element family number assigned to the Federation/PAC) naming system is queried in the periodic table of chemical elements (and the family numbers previously used) displayed in jtp.'//pearu.lanI.gov/periodic/default htm. Examples of certain transition metal oxyanions that can be used as precursors for type 2 components, including but not limited to ionic salts of Groups 5 and 6 (formerly known as the Vb and VIb of Linyigang), such as V 〇43-, w〇2·, Λ, , U4 H2W12〇4〇6·, MOO, μ〇7〇24, Nb6〇196-, Re〇- and Α human/,, and σ. For the ΙΕΧ-2 treatment, ionic salts of chains, molybdenum, tungsten and vanadium are especially preferred. It can be used as a precursor of a type 2 component, such as a metal sulphide anion vapor, including but not limited to the ionic salt of Group 6 (formerly 坌ντκ, (other brother Vlb)) , 126422.doc -44- 200843852 such as M〇S4 ·, WS42- and combinations thereof. Examples of some main group oxygen anions that can be used as precursors of type 2 components, including but not limited to the first group (formerly Group VIa) Ionic salts, such as (10), P〇43, W, and combinations thereof. For the IEX-2, S (V- is 4 is preferred). y is a precursor of the type 2 component. Examples of tooth ions, including but not limited to the ionic salts of Group 17 (formerly Group VIIa), such as F-, ο·, with &quot;_, ι-, and combinations thereof. For ΙΕχ_2 treatment, F^ci• ions Salts are particularly useful as examples of certain rare earth ions and rare earth complex cations or ions of precursors of type 2, including but not limited to lanthanides and ionic salts of (iv) elements such as La, Pr, Nd, Pm, Sm, Eu. , (5), several, d" H〇, Er, Tm, Yb, Lu, Th, u, and combinations thereof, can be used to produce a transition as a type 2 component Examples of certain transition metals of genus-carbide, transition metal-nitride, transition metal-boride, and transition metal-phosphide, including but not limited to ions of chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, rhenium, knob, iron, cobalt, nickel Salts and combinations thereof. IEX-2 treatment instructions. The concentration of the salt solution used for IEX-2 treatment depends on the type of substrate that has been treated or BIX-treated and treated with ΙΕχ_2 and used in conjunction with IEX- 1 The relative affinity of the treated matrix interactions and/or integrated ΐΕχ_2 ions. For most types of glass substrates (such as but not limited to ar type, A type or sodium silicate (S0 (ia-iime) glass), about 〇〇 〇1 wt% to saturated IEX-2 salt solution is preferred, and about 〇〇〇1% to 5% and _2 salt 126422.doc -45- 200843852 solution is more m' visually regarded as reaching catalyst The functional surface concentration of the catalytic component necessary for the intended use of the composition is, ΐΕχ_2: possibly less than 0.001 wt.%. Wind/night, right-night ion types are exchanged with the matrix, either simultaneously or sequentially. The concentration of the salt solution will follow the precursors of the various components on the substrate. The relative loading and matrix are adapted to adjust the relative affinity of a component precursor to another component precursor, such as, but not limited to, two IEX-2 treatments (ie, two different catalytic component precursors and warp _ι or The concentration of the salt solution used for the various ions in the shoal will depend on the application of the machicho-treated matrix integration) or the tertiary ΙΕχ_2 treatment (ie, the integration of three different catalytic component precursors with the ruthenium or the ruthenium-treated matrix). Target relative concentrations of various constituent precursors integrated with the surface of the substrate and surface affinities for various separations. Typically, the heat treatment conditions applicable to ΙΕΧ_2 treatment are selected based on the type and concentration of the ΙΕχ2 salt solution used and the characteristics of the substrate:

如加熱溫度、加熱時間及混合條件。 較佳地,適合於使用某種酸進行正父_2處理的加孰溫产 可在約2(TC至約20(TC之間,更佳在約30t至約9(rc2 間。 取決於IEX-2鹽溶液之濃度及選定之加熱溫度,用於 IEX-2處理的加熱時間可改變。較佳地,適用於压處理 的加熱時間在約5分鐘至約48小時之間,更佳在約%分鐘 至約5小時之間。 通常,會根據所使用之ΙΕΧ-2鹽溶液類型及濃度及基質 126422.doc -46- 200843852 之特性(例如,欲自玻璃網狀物移除之離子的親和力、在 移除網狀物離子後玻璃之強度等)及熱處理之持續時間, 選擇混合條件。例如但不限於,混合條件可為連續或斷 鉍,亦可為機械混合、流化、翻滾、滾動或手動混合。 總吕之,IEX-2鹽溶液濃度、熱處理狀態及混合條件的 組合’貫質上係基於在基質上及/或内整合足夠數量之 IEX-2離子及IEX_2離子之分布予以確定,而與基質表面之 物理化學結合的性質無關,用以產生所需之表面電荷類型 及程度’以產生達成觸媒組合物之預定用途所需的表面活 性狀態。 藉由調整pH值來調整基質表面電荷 如上所述,考慮到在第二IEX(”IEX-2,,)處理中將與表面 整合之2型成分前驅物,所需的1)11調整程度通常將取決於 基質之IEP、基質之IEP對比表面電荷分布曲線及所要之電 荷類型。例如但不限於,對於IEp等於8的基質,較佳地, 基貝/IEX-2混合物之pH值調整為約8至約12之間,更佳為 約9至約11之間。 用於進行所述pH值調整之溶液類型,將取決於與其他反 應物之相谷性、基質在相關pH值範圍内的穩定性及所要之 迅荷益度及其他因素。通常,任何稀鹼均可用於將基質表 面兒荷凋至其IEP的右側(亦即產生淨的負表面電荷),而任 何稀酸可用於將基質表面電荷調至其IEp的左側(亦即產生 淨的正表面電荷)。無機酸或鹼或有機酸或鹼均可以稀濃 度使用,而通常較佳為有機鹼。通常,稀酸溶液或稀鹼溶 126422.doc -47- 200843852 液之濃度’將取決於所使用之酸或鹼類型、其解離常數及 適於獲得所要表面電荷類型及密度的pH值。 在IEX-2處理完成後,較佳地,經比乂-2處理之基質可使 用任何合適的方法分離,包括但不限於過濾方式、離心方 式、傾析及其組合。然後,經IEX-2處理之基質用一或多 種合適的清洗液(例如蒸餾水或去離子水、稀鹼或稀酸及/ 或合適的水溶性有機溶劑,例如曱醇、乙醇或丙酮)清 洗並在約11 〇 c的溫度下乾燥約20至24小時。 IV·沈澱後處理說明 視需要,在經IEX-2處理之基質得以分 燥、锻燒,在氧化條件下锻燒,隨後還原或進一步氧化, 在不锻燒的情況下還原或在不锻燒的情況下氧化。可按照 :要’用合適的還原、、硫化、碳化、氮化、磷化或職 ’在氣相或液相中執行表面沈澱之過渡金 =、氧陰離子及/或硫陰離子的反應,以產生相應的 :化:效之金屬硫化物/硫氧化物、 :。、金屬氮化物/氮氧化物、金屬爛化物或金屬鱗化= 理的目的實質上為分解金 金屬氧化物、金屬硫屬化 亚移除任何未在先前的乾 通常但不限於,沈澱後煅燒處 屬平衡離子或配體,且將金屬、 物等更緊密地與基質表面整合, 燥處理中移除的殘餘水。 用 成功 於經IEX-2處理之基 表面活化並非特別重 貝的锻燒處理條件,對於基質之 …、而,該等條件只應足夠嚴 126422.doc -48- 200843852 ::,能夠以催化有效量產生至少—個具有沈 U使用少段燒而言,基質首先在氧化 聽(例如在空氣或氧氣)中锻燒。另外,重要的是,、里 擇夠高的锻燒溫度以確保所關注之2型成分前驅物被氧: 而且任何殘餘水得到移除(若仍有任何殘餘水存在)’作炉 燒:度亦應夠低,能夠合理避免基質之軟化點及非所要之又 沈殿成分前驅物分解。 例如但不限於,沈殺之硫酸鹽f要锻燒條件來分解所結 合之陽離子並將硫酸根固定於表面上,但該等條件不得顯 讀硫酸鹽分解成揮發性的硫氧化物。同樣地,金屬氧陰 離子要求锻燒條件來分解所結合之陽離子並將陰離子以氧 化物形式固定於表面上,但條件不得嚴格到使金屬氧化物 自表面揮發或造成金屬氧化物溶入基質。最後,貴金屬及 錯=應在以下條件燒:分解所存在的配體及陰離子,但 不得嚴格到使貝金屬聚集在表面上。馨於此原因,如以下 更詳細說明,貴金屬較佳在沒有煅燒的情況下直接還原。 。通常,煅燒溫度應至少比選定基質軟化點低至少約1〇〇 °c。煅燒溫度應在約10(rc至70(rc之間,更佳在約2〇〇(3c 至600°C之間,最佳在約300°c至500°C之間。 典型情況下,經IEX-2處理之基質煅燒約i至約24個小 守較佳锻燒約2至約12個小時。儘管如此,視與基質整 合之2型成分而定,該項煅燒時間可在該等範圍以外變 化。 通常但不限於,沈澱後還原處理目的為至少實質上(若 126422.doc -49- 200843852 非凡王)將摧化成分前驅物(例如金屬、金屬氧化物或金屬 石m化物)遂原成與基質表面整合的較低氧化狀態。合適還 原劑的實例包括但不限於⑶及出。h2係較佳的還原劑, 其流動速率較佳在每公克基質約〇 〇1 L/hr至約i〇〇 L/h之 間,更佳其流動速率在每公克基質01 1^^至1 L/hr之間。 典型情況下,還原溫度應在〇。〇至6〇〇。(:之間,前提為所 選擇之溫度比基質之軟化點至少低l〇〇〇c。 通常,經IEX-2處理之基質要經約U小時至約48小時之 還原處理,較佳經約丨小時至約8小時之還原處理。 或者,經IEX-2處理之基質可藉由溶液相處理進行還 原’該溶液相處理使用可溶性還原劑(例如但不限於肼、 氫化鈉、氫化鋁鋰及其組合)在合適的溶劑(例如水或乙醚) 中進行。 通常但不限於,沈澱後-IDING反應處理的目的為在另外 使還原的金屬與包含較低原子量_IDING元素之試劑反應的 同時,還原金屬離子、金屬氧陰離子及/或金屬硫陰離 子。在某些情況下,直接-IDING會在沒有同時發生金屬氧 化悲還原的情況下發生,例如某些硫化處理。 典型的氣相-IDING試劑包括但不限於硫化氫、甲硫醇及 二曱基硫(硫化試劑)、氨(氮化試劑)、甲烷、乙烷及其他 輕質烴類(碳化試劑)。該等氣相-IDINCH&lt;劑可在環境壓 力下或加壓下直接與經IEX-2處理之基質起反應,或是在 與惰性氣體或氫氣混合之氣體中與與經ΙΕχ_2處理之基質 起反應,進而產生相應的硫化物、碳化物或氮化物。可能 126422.doc -50- 200843852 有催化效力之部分-IDED產物(包括硫氧化物、碳氧化物及 氮氧化物)亦可藉由下述方式產生:與實質上原樣接收/獲 得之基質、經IEX-2處理之整合基質、經IEX_2處理之锻燒 基質或經IEX-2處理之還原基質進行不完全反應。 藉由兩次離子交換(兩次IEX-2處理)基質之還原處理, 可產生金屬磷化物’其中一項IEX-2處理係一或多種過渡 金屬離子,而另一項IEX-2處理係磷酸根離子。較佳地, 該兩項IEX-2處理可按順序執行。另外,金屬磷化物可藉 由使用氣相磷化試劑(例如但不限於磷化氫(PH3))來產生所 要之金屬磷化物。例如,以處於合適氧化態之所需過渡金 屬進行單一離子父換之基質(經單一 ΙΕΧ-2處理之基質),可 進一步用PH3處理來產生所需的金屬鱗化物。 i 溶液相處理可用於產生金屬硫化物、金屬硼化物及金屬 磷化物催化成分。產生金屬硫化物之典型溶體處理包括但 不限於在至溫至回流溫度之範圍Μ,以有效濃度之六甲基 一矽硫烷有機溶液處理經ΙΕχ_2處理之金屬_離子-整合基 質,歷時之時間足以在基曾# 牡巷貝表面上及/或内產生催化有效 量之催化成分。 產卿化物之典型溶液相處理包括但不限於,對於婉 脱-2處理之金屬-離子-整合基質,在室溫至回流溫度: 間’歷時有效時間進行錢化納或錢㈣水溶液處理。 產生磷化物之典型溶、為&amp;未 一 生,合/夜相處理包括在室溫至回流之範圍 内’對於經IEX_2處理之全屬離;敫 &lt;孟屬-離子-整合基質進行次磷酸鈉 水溶液處理’歷時時間 1之足以在基貝表面上及/或内產生 126422.doc •51- 200843852 催化有效量之催化成分。 ν·催化活性區域說明 由於任何上述基質處理而產生的催化活性區域,將具有 (i)小於或等於約30奈米的平均厚度,較佳為s約2〇奈米, 更佳為S約10奈米,及(ii)催化有效量之至少一種催化成 分。較佳地,使用XPS光譜學確定催化區域的平均厚度, XP S光譜學使用稱為濺射深度分布圖之分層蝕刻技術(會在 # 以下提供實例中的分析方法下更詳細說明)。然而,熟習 此項技術者所知的其他分析技術亦可用來確定催化成分對 比成分之相關基質表面的大體位置。所以,基質催化區域 的平均厚度可使用(例如但不限於)透射電子顯微鏡術 (TEM)或掃描TEm(STEM,亦在以下更詳細說明)予以確 定。熟習此項技術者對XPS或TEM程序均有透徹的瞭解。 應理解,在極限情況下,無論催化活性區域係由IEX_ i 處理或IEX-2處理(有或無BIX處理)所產生,對於本發明之 C 任何觸媒組合物而言,催化活性區域的厚度-般⑷不會在 實質上穿過基質之表面區域或(b)不會超過基質之外表面約 3〇奈米厚度,較佳不超過約2〇奈米厚度,更佳不超過⑺奈 米厚度。關於在經處理之基質上及/或内一或多個催化活 性區域的定位,亦應理解催化活性區域可能: (a)在基質之外表面,及存在任何孔隙時,在基質之孔 壁表面; ㈨在基質之表面區域中,亦即在基f外表面以下㈣ 不米,較佳在基質外表面以下約20奈米,更佳在基 126422.doc -52- 200843852 質外表面以下約J 〇太半· 不水,§存在任何孔隙時,在基 質孔壁表面以下約30奈米,較佳在基質孔壁表面以 勺示米,更佳在基質孔壁表面以下約1 0奈米, 但在基質表面下區域以上; ⑷在基質之外表面上面或以上,當存在任何孔隙時, 部分在基質孔壁表面上或以上,而部分位於基質之 表面區域中,或 ⑷⑷、(b)及⑷之組合。 、^…、哪為1型成分或2型成分,催化成分之量可在約 2 wt·/。至約5 wt·%之間,較佳在約〇 〇〇〇2 wt %至約2 wt.%之間,更佳在約〇 〇〇〇5败%至約1之間。而且, 本發明觸媒組合物之催化活性區域可為連續或不連續。 不文理論約束的情況下,據認為,覆蓋有不連續的催化 活性區域之觸媒組合物,與實質上覆蓋有連續或更廣泛之 連績催化活性區域的催化成分相比,至少同樣有效,而且 在有些情況下更為有效。催化有效區域在基質上的外表面 覆蓋範圍之程度,可在低至〇·〇〇〇1%覆蓋至高達1〇〇%覆蓋 之間較佳地’催化有效區域之外表面覆蓋的程度在約 0.0001%至約10%之間,更佳在約0 0001〇/〇至約之間。然 而’在不受理論約束的情況下,據認為,觸媒組合物,特 別係具有較低催化成分wt,%負載之觸媒組合物,很可能催 化有效性更強,因為在經處理之基質上及/或内的催化活 性區域變得更為分散(亦即在催化活性區域之間更大程度 的分布及分開)。 126422.doc -53- 200843852 催化活性區域及其他上述觸媒組合物特性,均係基於發 明人對於進入穩態反應條件之前觸媒組合物狀態的最佳可 得資訊。一或多種所述特性可改變的程度並不確定,而且 大部分不可預測。儘管如此,在不受理論約束的情況下認 為,由於觸媒組合物促進其預定製程反應,本文所述之觸 媒組合物的官能性表面活性將允許與基質整合之催化成分 的電荷及/或幾何定位及其他成分特性顯著變化。因此, 應理解,本文所述的本發明範圍,同樣擴展至在穩態反應 條件下由所主張之組合物產生的所有觸媒組合物。 實例 現在結合以下實例更詳細說明本發明,以下實例說明或 類比了涉及本發明實踐的多個態樣。應當理解,在本發明 精神實質内的所有改變均希望得到保護,因此不能認為本 發明僅侷限於該等實例。 耐鹼(AR)玻璃基質之觸媒組合物 實例1 AR玻璃上之把 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 和600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將25公克 126422.doc -54- 200843852 經煅燒之AR玻璃及3公升5·5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升的 塑膠廣口容裔内。將该塑膠容器置於一個°C之通風供箱 内一小時,每1 5分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用f有Whatman 541濾、紙之布氏(Buchner)漏斗過濾 樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在11〇。〇之 溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之ar玻璃進行離子交換(ΙΕχ)處 , 理。在本實例中’使用二氫氧四胺鈀[pd(NH3)4](〇H)2來製 備80¾升〇·ΐ wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將 4公克AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液玻璃/離子交換混合物,,)。 罝測玻璃/ΙΕΧ離子交換混合物之ρΗ值,得到之ρΗ值約為 11.4。然後,將混合物移入15()毫升之塑膠廣口容器内。 將β塑膠谷器置於5 〇。〇之通風烘箱内2小時,每3 〇分鐘用 手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物, ( 亚使用約3.8公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨⑺它溫度下, 將離子交換玻璃乾燥22小時。 第四步’對離子交換玻璃進行還原處理,離子交換玻璃 先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及300°C的溫度下煅燒2 小日守,然後在氫氣(Η。流速為2 L/hr之氫氣(出)氣氛及3〇〇 °C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由電感輕合電漿-原子發射光譜法(ICP-AES)分析樣 口口付到約為0 · 〇 1 6 wt _ %之|巴濃度。 ^ Ps ’賤射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 I26422.doc -55- 200843852 該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之 圖1所示,結果表明,由 區域的厚度約為10奈米。 實例2 AR玻璃上之把 、灵Η 1之%序获得並製備由Saint-G〇bairi vetr〇tex生 產之AR玻璃Cem_FlL AnU心akTM肋樣品,即平均直徑約 為17至20微米的玻璃纖維。 藉由 AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇· wt·%之鈀濃 度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖1所不,結果表明,由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之 區域的厚度約為1 〇奈米。 實例3 AR玻璃上之把Such as heating temperature, heating time and mixing conditions. Preferably, the twisting temperature suitable for the treatment of the parent 2 treatment using an acid may be between about 2 (TC to about 20 (TC), more preferably between about 30 t and about 9 (rc2. Depending on the IEX) The concentration of the -2 salt solution and the selected heating temperature may vary depending on the heating time of the IEX-2 treatment. Preferably, the heating time for the pressure treatment is between about 5 minutes and about 48 hours, more preferably about Between 1 minute and about 5 hours. Usually, depending on the type and concentration of the ΙΕΧ-2 salt solution used and the characteristics of the substrate 126422.doc -46- 200843852 (for example, the affinity of ions to be removed from the glass mesh) The mixing conditions are selected, such as, but not limited to, the mixing conditions may be continuous or broken, or may be mechanical mixing, fluidization, tumbling, rolling. Or manual mixing. The combination of IEI-2 salt solution concentration, heat treatment state and mixing conditions is determined based on the distribution of a sufficient number of IEX-2 ions and IEX_2 ions on the substrate and/or in the matrix. And physical and chemical bonding with the surface of the substrate Regardless of the quality, to produce the desired type and extent of surface charge 'to produce the desired surface activity state for the intended use of the catalyst composition. Adjusting the pH of the substrate to adjust the surface charge of the substrate, as described above, The degree of 1)11 adjustment required for the type II component precursor to be integrated with the surface in the IEX ("IEX-2,") treatment will generally depend on the IEP of the matrix, the IEP contrast surface charge distribution curve of the matrix, and the desired The type of charge, such as, but not limited to, for a substrate having an IEp equal to 8, preferably, the pH of the kebab/IEX-2 mixture is adjusted to be between about 8 and about 12, more preferably between about 9 and about 11. The type of solution used to effect the pH adjustment will depend on the phase of the other reactants, the stability of the matrix over the relevant pH range, and the desired fast charge and other factors. Typically, any dilute base It can be used to load the surface of the substrate to the right side of its IEP (ie, to produce a net negative surface charge), and any dilute acid can be used to adjust the surface charge of the substrate to the left side of its IEp (ie, to produce a net positive surface charge). ) inorganic acid or alkali or The acid or base can be used in a dilute concentration, and is usually preferably an organic base. Usually, the concentration of the dilute acid solution or the dilute alkali solution 126422.doc -47-200843852 will depend on the type of acid or base used, Dissociation constants and pH values suitable for obtaining the desired surface charge type and density. After completion of the IEX-2 treatment, preferably, the substrate treated with 乂-2 can be separated using any suitable method, including but not limited to filtration. , centrifugation, decantation, and combinations thereof. The IEX-2 treated substrate is then treated with one or more suitable cleaning solutions (eg, distilled or deionized water, dilute or dilute acid and/or a suitable water-soluble organic solvent, For example, decyl alcohol, ethanol or acetone) is washed and dried at a temperature of about 11 〇c for about 20 to 24 hours. IV. Post-precipitation treatment description If necessary, the substrate treated by IEX-2 can be separated, calcined, calcined under oxidizing conditions, then reduced or further oxidized, reduced or not calcined without calcination. In the case of oxidation. It can be as follows: to use a suitable reduction, vulcanization, carbonization, nitridation, phosphating or to perform a surface precipitation of a transition metal = oxyanion and / or sulfur anion in the gas or liquid phase to produce Corresponding: Chemical: Metal Sulfide / Sulfur Oxide, :. , metal nitride / oxynitride, metal sinter or metal squaring = the purpose of the purpose is to decompose gold metal oxides, metal chalcogenization sub-removal of any non-previous dry, usually but not limited to, post-precipitation calcination It is a counter ion or ligand, and the metal, matter, etc. are more closely integrated with the surface of the substrate, and the residual water removed in the drying process. The calcination treatment conditions which are successful in the surface activation of the IEX-2-treated surface are not particularly heavy, for the matrix, and the conditions should only be sufficiently strict 126422.doc -48-200843852::, can be catalytically effective The amount produces at least one with a sinking U. For example, the substrate is first calcined in an oxidative hearing (for example in air or oxygen). In addition, it is important to choose a high calcination temperature to ensure that the precursor of the type 2 component of interest is oxygenated: and any residual water is removed (if any residual water is still present) It should also be low enough to reasonably avoid the softening point of the matrix and the decomposition of the undesired precursors. For example, without limitation, the sulphate salt f is subjected to calcination conditions to decompose the bound cations and immobilize the sulfate on the surface, but such conditions must not reveal the decomposition of the sulfate into volatile sulfur oxides. Similarly, metal anion ions require calcination conditions to decompose the bound cations and immobilize the anions as oxides on the surface, provided that the conditions are not critical to volatilize the metal oxides from the surface or cause the metal oxides to dissolve into the matrix. Finally, precious metals and faults = should be burned under the following conditions: decomposition of the ligands and anions present, but not strictly such that the shellfish accumulate on the surface. For this reason, as explained in more detail below, the noble metal is preferably directly reduced without calcination. . Generally, the calcination temperature should be at least about 1 ° C below the softening point of the selected substrate. The calcination temperature should be between about 10 (rc and 70 (rc), more preferably between about 2 Torr (3c to 600 ° C, optimally between about 300 ° C and 500 ° C. Typically, The IEX-2 treated substrate is calcined from about i to about 24 shovel preferably calcined for about 2 to about 12 hours. Nevertheless, depending on the type 2 component of the matrix integration, the calcination time can be in the ranges Usually, but not limited to, the purpose of the post-precipitation reduction treatment is to at least substantially (if 126422.doc -49 - 200843852 Extraordinary King) catalyze the destruction of the constituent precursors (such as metals, metal oxides or metalloids) A lower oxidation state integrated with the surface of the substrate. Examples of suitable reducing agents include, but are not limited to, (3) and out. h2 is a preferred reducing agent, preferably having a flow rate of from about 1 L/hr to about gram per gram of substrate. Between l 〇〇 L / h, the flow rate is preferably between 01 1 ^ 1 and 1 L / hr per gram of matrix. Typically, the reduction temperature should be between 〇 〇 and 〇〇 to 6 〇〇. , provided that the temperature selected is at least l〇〇〇c lower than the softening point of the matrix. Typically, the substrate treated with IEX-2 is subjected to about U hours. Reduction treatment to about 48 hours, preferably from about 丨 to about 8 hours. Alternatively, the IEX-2 treated substrate can be reduced by solution phase treatment. The solution phase treatment uses a soluble reducing agent (eg But not limited to hydrazine, sodium hydride, lithium aluminum hydride, and combinations thereof, are carried out in a suitable solvent such as water or diethyl ether. Typically, but not limited to, after precipitation, the purpose of the IDING reaction treatment is to additionally reduce the metal with The reagent of the lower atomic weight _IDING element reacts to reduce the metal ion, the metal oxyanion and/or the metal sulfide anion. In some cases, direct-IDING occurs without simultaneous metal oxidative reduction, for example Certain Vulcanization Treatments Typical gas phase-IDING reagents include, but are not limited to, hydrogen sulfide, methyl mercaptan and dimercaptosulfur (vulcanization reagent), ammonia (nitride reagent), methane, ethane, and other light hydrocarbons ( Carbonization reagents. These gas phase-IDINCH agents can be directly reacted with IEX-2 treated substrates under ambient pressure or under pressure, or mixed with inert gas or hydrogen. The gas reacts with the substrate treated with ΙΕχ_2 to produce the corresponding sulfide, carbide or nitride. Possible 126422.doc -50- 200843852 Part of the catalytic effect - IDED product (including sulfur oxides, carbon oxidation And oxynitride) can also be produced by a substrate that is received/obtained as such, an integrated substrate treated with IEX-2, a calcined substrate treated with IEX_2, or a reduced substrate treated with IEX-2. Incomplete reaction. Metal phosphide can be produced by two ion exchange (two IEX-2 treatment) reduction treatments. One of the IEX-2 treatments is one or more transition metal ions, and the other is IEX. -2 treatment is a phosphate ion. Preferably, the two IEX-2 processes can be performed in sequence. Alternatively, the metal phosphide can be produced using a gas phase phosphating reagent such as, but not limited to, phosphine (PH3) to produce the desired metal phosphide. For example, a single ion-exchanged substrate (matrix treated with a single oxime-2) with the desired transition metal in the appropriate oxidation state can be further treated with PH3 to produce the desired metal scaly. i Solution phase treatment can be used to produce metal sulfides, metal borides and metal phosphide catalytic components. Typical solution treatments for the production of metal sulfides include, but are not limited to, in the range of temperatures up to the reflux temperature, and treatment of the metal-ion-integrated matrix treated with ruthenium-2 at an effective concentration of an organic solution of hexamethyl-sulfonane, for a period of time The time is sufficient to produce a catalytically effective amount of catalytic component on and/or within the surface of the base. Typical solution phase treatments for the production of the compound include, but are not limited to, for the metal-ion-integrated substrate of the deuterated-2 treatment, at room temperature to reflux temperature: between the effective time of the acid or the aqueous solution. Producing a typical solution of phosphide, &amp; not a lifetime, the combined / night phase treatment includes in the range of room temperature to reflux 'for the full detachment treated by IEX 2; 敫 &lt; Meng gen - ion - integrated matrix for hypophosphorous acid Sodium solution treatment is sufficient to produce a catalytically effective amount of catalytic component on the surface of and/or in the base of 126422.doc • 51-200843852. The ν·catalytic active region indicates that the catalytically active region resulting from any of the above substrate treatments will have an average thickness of (i) less than or equal to about 30 nm, preferably about 2 〇 nanometers, more preferably about 10 s. Nano, and (ii) catalyzing an effective amount of at least one catalytic component. Preferably, XPS spectroscopy is used to determine the average thickness of the catalytic region, and XPS spectroscopy uses a layered etching technique called a sputter depth profile (described in more detail below in the analysis method provided in the Examples below). However, other analytical techniques known to those skilled in the art can be used to determine the approximate location of the substrate surface associated with the catalytic component. Therefore, the average thickness of the matrix catalytic region can be determined using, for example, but not limited to, transmission electron microscopy (TEM) or scanning TEm (STEM, also described in more detail below). Those skilled in the art have a thorough understanding of XPS or TEM programs. It should be understood that in the extreme case, regardless of whether the catalytically active region is produced by IEX_i treatment or IEX-2 treatment (with or without BIX treatment), for any catalyst composition of the present invention C, the thickness of the catalytically active region - (4) does not substantially pass through the surface area of the substrate or (b) does not exceed the surface of the substrate by about 3 nanometers thick, preferably no more than about 2 nanometers thicker, more preferably no more than (7) nanometers. thickness. With regard to the localization of one or more catalytically active regions on and/or within the treated substrate, it is also understood that the catalytically active regions may: (a) be on the outer surface of the substrate, and in the presence of any pores, on the pore wall surface of the substrate (9) in the surface area of the substrate, that is, below the outer surface of the base f (4) not meters, preferably about 20 nm below the outer surface of the substrate, more preferably below the outer surface of the base 126422.doc -52- 200843852 〇 too half · no water, § in the presence of any pores, about 30 nm below the surface of the substrate pore wall, preferably on the surface of the substrate pore wall to scoop the rice, more preferably about 10 nm below the surface of the matrix pore wall, But above or below the surface of the substrate; (4) above or above the outer surface of the substrate, when there are any pores, partially on or above the surface of the substrate pore wall, and partially in the surface region of the matrix, or (4)(4), (b) and (4) Combination. , ^..., which is a type 1 component or a type 2 component, and the amount of the catalytic component may be about 2 wt·/. It is between about 5 wt.%, preferably between about wt2 wt% and about 2 wt.%, more preferably between about 〇5 %% and about 1. Moreover, the catalytically active regions of the catalyst compositions of the present invention can be continuous or discontinuous. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the catalyst composition covered with the discontinuous catalytically active region is at least as effective as the catalytic component substantially covered by a continuous or broader range of catalytically active regions, And in some cases it is more effective. The extent to which the catalytically effective region covers the outer surface of the substrate can range from as low as 〇·〇〇〇1% coverage to as high as 1% coverage. Preferably, the extent of surface coverage outside the catalytically active region is about Between 0.0001% and about 10%, more preferably between about 0 0001 〇 / 〇 to about. However, without being bound by theory, it is believed that the catalyst composition, especially with a lower catalytic component wt, % loaded catalyst composition, is likely to be more catalytically effective because of the treated substrate The upper and/or inner catalytically active regions become more dispersed (i.e., more widely distributed and separated between the catalytically active regions). 126422.doc -53- 200843852 The catalytically active regions and other characteristics of the above-described catalyst compositions are based on the best available information from the inventors regarding the state of the catalyst composition prior to entering the steady state reaction conditions. The degree to which one or more of the described characteristics can vary is not certain and is largely unpredictable. Nevertheless, without being bound by theory, it is believed that the functional surface activity of the catalyst compositions described herein will permit the charge and/or charge of the catalytic component integrated with the matrix as the catalyst composition promotes its intended process reaction. Geometric positioning and other component characteristics vary significantly. Thus, it is to be understood that the scope of the invention described herein extends to all of the catalyst compositions produced by the claimed compositions under steady state reaction conditions. EXAMPLES The invention will now be described in more detail in connection with the following examples which illustrate or analogize various aspects of the practice of the invention. It is to be understood that all changes that come within the spirit of the invention are intended to be protected, and thus the invention is not to be construed as limited to the examples. Alkali-Resistant (AR) Glass Matrix Catalyst Composition Example 1 AR glass was obtained from an AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD sample manufactured by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. . In the first step, the AR glass sample received as it is is subjected to calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the simmered AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Place 25 grams of 126422.doc -54- 200843852 calcined AR glass and 3 liters of 5·5 wt.% nitric acid in 4 liter plastic wide-mouthed. Place the plastic container in a ventilated box at °C for one hour and shake it slightly with your hand every 15 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Whatman 541 filter, paper Buchner funnel, and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, at 11 〇. The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 〇. The second step is to perform ion exchange (ΙΕχ) on the acid-immersed ar glass. In this example, 'Polyoxy-oxytetramine palladium [pd(NH3)4](〇H)2 was used to prepare a 803⁄4 liter·〇 wt.% palladium solution for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution,"). 4 g of AR glass is added to the ion exchange solution glass/ion exchange mixture,). 罝 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃 玻璃Inside the container. Place the beta plastic barn in a 〇 通风 ventilated oven for 2 hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the ion exchange process is completed, filter the glass with a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper / Ion exchange mixture, (sub-use about 3.8 liters of deionized water for cleaning. Then, at 温度(7), the ion-exchanged glass is dried for 22 hours. The fourth step is to reduce the ion-exchanged glass, the ion-exchanged glass is first in the air. The air atmosphere at a flow rate of 2 L/hr and the temperature at 300 ° C are calcined for 2 hours, and then reduced under a hydrogen (Η. atmosphere at a flow rate of 2 L/hr of hydrogen (out) and at a temperature of 3 ° C). 4 hours. Light and electricity by inductance -Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (ICP-AES) analysis of the sample mouth is paid to about 0 · 〇1 6 wt _ % | bar concentration. ^ Ps '贱 depth distribution method (described below) for sample analysis, such as I26422 .doc -55- 200843852 The presence of a large amount of palladium detected by this method is shown in Figure 1. The results show that the thickness of the area is about 10 nm. Example 2 The order of the AR glass and the Lingyi 1 And preparing an AR glass Cem_FlL AnU core akTM rib sample produced by Saint-G〇bairi vetr〇tex, that is, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 μm. Sample analysis by AES yields about 〇·wt·% Palladium concentration. Sample analysis by XPS sputtering depth distribution method (described below), as shown in Figure 1, shows that the thickness of the region where the large amount of palladium detected by the method is about 1 〇 Example 3. Example 3

獲得由 Saint_Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint_Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL

Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 及600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將25公克 經烺燒之AR玻璃及3公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升的 塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於60°C之通風烘箱内— 小時,每1 5分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後, 126422.doc •56- 200843852 使用π有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用 約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在110°C之溫度下,將經 酸浸後之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](cl)2製備4〇毫升 0.1 wt·%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(,,ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將4公克 玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物,,)。量測 玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值,得到之ρΗ值約為7·7。然 後,將该混合物移入1 〇〇毫升之塑膠廣口容器内並置於5〇 °C的通風烘箱内兩小時且每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離 子父換處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏 漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物,並使用約3 · 8公升去離子 水清洗。然後,在1HTC溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾 燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換玻璃先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及30(rC的溫度 下锻燒2小時,然後在氫氣(Ho流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及 300°C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇〇12 wt.%之|巴 濃度。 實例4 AR玻璃上之把Anti-CrakTM HD samples, glass fibers with an average diameter of approximately 17 to 2 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample received as it is is subjected to calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the simmered AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Place 25 g of simmered AR glass and 3 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid in 4 liter plastic wide-mouth containers. Place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 60 ° C - hourly, shaking it slightly by hand every 15 minutes. After the acid leaching process was completed, 126422.doc •56- 200843852 The sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with π Whatman 541 filter paper and rinsed with approximately 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. The second step is an ion exchange treatment of the acid immersed AR glass. In the present example, 4 〇ml of a 0.1 wt% palladium solution was prepared using dichlorotetramine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](cl) 2 for ion exchange (, hydrazine solution,). 4 grams of glass was added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture,"). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured to give a pH of about 7. 7. Then, the mixture was transferred to 1 Torr. The milliliter plastic wide-mouth container was placed in a 5 ° ° C ventilated oven for two hours and shaken slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the ion father treatment was completed, 'Use the Buchner funnel filter glass with Whatman 54 1 filter paper. / Ion exchange mixture, and washed with about 3 8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample is dried for 22 hours at 1HTC temperature. The fourth step is to reduce the ion exchange glass sample, wherein the ion exchange glass First calcined in an air atmosphere at an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 30 (rC for 2 hours, and then reduced in hydrogen gas at a hydrogen atmosphere of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a concentration of 〇〇〇12 wt.% | Bar Example 4

獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL

Anti-CrakTM tiD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 126422.doc -57- 200843852 纖維。 第一步’對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為i L/hr之空氣氣氛 及600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經過煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約5〇 么克經也燒之AR玻璃及4公升5 ·5 wt·%之確酸各自置於4公 升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇。〇之通風烘箱 内兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙的布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在11〇。〇之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之Ar玻璃進行反離子交換 (’’Na-BIX”)處理。將來自第二步的經酸浸之樣品與4公升3 mol/L氯化鈉(NaCl)溶液混合(&quot;玻璃/氯化鈉混合物”)。量測 玻璃/NaCl混合物之pH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約4〇 wt·%之氫氧化四丙基銨,將該混合物之?11值調整至大於 10(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為u.o)。將玻璃/氣化鈉混 合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容器中。隨後將該容器置於% °C之通風烘箱内4小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。Na_ BIX處理元成之後’使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾、紙之布氏漏 斗過濾玻璃/氯化鈉混合物並收集Na_BIX/AR玻璃樣品,然 後使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨丨〇它之溫度 下,將Na-BIX/AR玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對Na-BIX/AR玻璃樣品進行第二次離子交換 126422.doc -58- 200843852 ΓΙΕΧ-2”)處理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鈀 [Pd(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公升〇·〇ι wt·%之鈀溶液用於離子交 換(&quot;IEX-2溶液”)。將42公克璃加入正12溶 液中(玻璃/IEX-2混合物”)。量測玻璃/IEX-2混合物之pH 值,得到之pH值約為8 ·5。然後,將該混合物移入4公升之 塑膠廣口容器内。將該容器置K10(rc之通風烘箱内22小 時’在22小時之加熱過程中用手稍微搖晃幾次。ΙΕχ_2處 理το成之後’使用帶有whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾 玻璃/IEX-2混合物並收集ΙΕχ·2玻璃樣品,然後使用約7 6 么升之稀氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η)溶液清洗。稀ΝΗ4ΟΗ溶液係藉 由將10公克之29.8 Wt·%濃NHUOH溶液與約3.8公升去離子 水混合而製備。然後,在11(rc之溫度下,將ΙΕΧ-2玻璃樣 品乾燥22小時。 第五步,對IEX-2玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中將樣品 在氫氣(H2)流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇之溫度下還原 4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇〇15 wt%之鈀 濃度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖1所示,結果表明,由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之 區域的厚度約為1 〇奈米。 實例5 AR玻璃上之把Anti-CrakTM tiD sample, glass with an average diameter of approximately 17 to 2 microns. 126422.doc -57- 200843852 Fiber. The first step is to perform a calcination heat treatment on the AR glass sample received as it is. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of i L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 5 么 克 克 克 烧 烧 AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR AR Place the plastic container at 9 inches. Shake it gently for 30 minutes every 30 minutes in a ventilated oven. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, at 11 〇. The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 〇. In the third step, the acid-impregnated Ar glass is subjected to reverse ion exchange (''Na-BIX') treatment. The acid leached sample from the second step is separated from 4 liters of 3 mol/L sodium chloride (NaCl). Mix the solution (&quot;glass/sodium chloride mixture"). Measure the pH of the glass/NaCl mixture. As needed, about 4 〇 wt % of tetrapropylammonium hydroxide was added dropwise continuously, and the mixture was used? The value of 11 is adjusted to be greater than 10 (in this example, the pH obtained is about u.o). The glass/gasified sodium mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The container was then placed in a ventilated oven at % °C for 4 hours with a slight shake of the hand every 30 minutes. After Na_BIX treatment, the glass/sodium chloride mixture was filtered using a Brinell filter with Whatman 54 1 filter, paper and the Na_BIX/AR glass sample was collected and then washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The Na-BIX/AR glass sample was then dried for 22 hours at the temperature of it. In the fourth step, a second ion exchange of 126422.doc -58 - 200843852 ΓΙΕΧ-2") was performed on the Na-BIX/AR glass sample. In this example, dichlorotetramine palladium [Pd(NH3)4] was used. (Cl) 2 A 3 liter 〇·〇ι wt·% palladium solution was prepared for ion exchange (&quot;IEX-2 solution). 42 grams of glass was added to the positive 12 solution (glass/IEX-2 mixture). The pH of the glass/IEX-2 mixture was measured to give a pH of about 8. 5. Then, the mixture was transferred to 4 liters. Inside the plastic wide-mouth container. Place the container in K10 (22 hours in a rc ventilated oven) and shake it slightly by hand during the 22-hour heating process. ΙΕχ_2 After treating το, then use the Buchner funnel with whatman 541 filter paper. Filter the glass/IEX-2 mixture and collect the ΙΕχ·2 glass sample, then rinse with about 7 6 liters of dilute ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η) solution. The diluted ΟΗ4ΟΗ solution is made by adding 10 gram of 29.8 Wt·% thick The NHUOH solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ΙΕΧ-2 glass sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 (rc). In the fifth step, the IEX-2 glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, wherein the sample was sampled. The hydrogen (H2) flow rate was 2 L/hr in a hydrogen atmosphere at a temperature of 3 Torr for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 15 wt%. The sample depth analysis method (described below) performs sample analysis. 1, the results show that the presence of the thickness by the method to detect a large amount of palladium is about 1 billion nm region. On the glass of Example 5 AR

獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 ar 玻璃 Cem_FIL 126422.doc -59- 200843852Obtained the ar glass produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem_FIL 126422.doc -59- 200843852

Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在该處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為} L/hr之空氣氣氛 及600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第一步’對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將9〇,〇3公 克經浪燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇〇c之通風烘箱内 兩小日守,母1 5分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在n〇t:之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換(Ι]Εχ)處 理。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製備 2000*升0.1 wt.%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(,,ΙΕχ溶液。。將 80.06么克AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混 合物Ί。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之131_1值,得到之?11值 、勺為1 〇 · 6。然後,將混合物移入4 0 0 0毫升之塑膠廣口容哭 内。將該塑膠容器置於5(rc之通風烘箱内72小時,每3〇分 名里用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物, 亚使用約7·6公升稀NH4〇H溶液清洗。稀ΝΗβΗ溶液係藉 由將10公克之29.8 wt·%濃NH4〇H溶液與約3·8公升去離子 水混合製備。然後,在ll〇°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣 126422.doc -60- 200843852 品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃進行還原處理,其中離子交換 玻璃在氫氣(H2)流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇°c溫度下還 原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇19 wt·%之把 濃度。 實例6 AR玻璃上之把Anti-CrakTM HD samples, glass fibers with an average diameter of approximately 17 to 2 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample received as it is is subjected to calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. The first step is to subject the calcined AR glass to acid leaching. Place 9 〇, 〇 3 gram of AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt·% nitric acid in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 9 °c ventilated oven for two days, and shake it slightly with your hand for 15 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of n〇t:. The second step is to subject the acid-impregnated AR glass to ion exchange (Ι)Εχ. In this example, 2000* liters of a 0.1 wt.% palladium solution was prepared using dihydrooxytetraamine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2 for ion exchange (,, ΙΕχ solution. 80.06 gram AR glass is added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture Ί. Measure the value of 131_1 of the glass/ion exchange mixture to obtain the value of 11 and the spoon is 1 〇·6. Then, the mixture is transferred to 4,000 ml. The plastic container is filled with tears. Place the plastic container in a 5 (rc ventilated oven for 72 hours, shake it slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment is completed, use the Whatman 54 1 filter paper. The Buchner funnel filter glass/ion exchange mixture is sub-used with about 7·6 liters of dilute NH4〇H solution. The diluted ΝΗβΗ solution is obtained by adding 10 gram of 29.8 wt·% concentrated NH4〇H solution to about 3.8 liters. Ionized water is mixed and prepared. Then, the ion exchange glass sample 126422.doc -60-200843852 is dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 ° C. The fourth step is to reduce the ion exchange glass, wherein the ion exchange glass is in hydrogen (H2) hydrogen atmosphere at a flow rate of 2 L/hr and 3 Torr At a temperature of c further the original 4 hours. By ICP-AES for sample analysis, approximately square 〇19 wt ·% of the concentration. On the glass of Example 6 AR

獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL

Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步’對按原樣接收之AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處 理。在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛 及600°C之溫度下緞燒4小時。 弟二步’對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將250公克 經烺燒之AR玻璃及3公升5.5 wt ·%之石肖酸各自置於1公升的 玻璃廣口容器内。將開口塑膠容器在科寧(c〇rning)加熱板 上加熱兩小時,使容器底部達到90-1 〇〇°C之溫度,容器頂 口P至少達到7 5 C之溫度’利用位於容器内幾個地方的熱電 偶進行量測;因為在該處理過程中存在溶液蒸發,所以添 加5.5 wt.%之硝酸,使體積保持在3公升。酸浸處理完成之 後’使用200網目不鏽鋼篩網過濾、樣品,並使用約1 5公升 去離子水清洗。然後,在1 〇〇°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣 品乾燥幾小時。 126422.doc -61 - 200843852 第二步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換(ΐΕχ)處 理。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製備 2000毛升〇·ι wt%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(,,ΐΕχ溶液”)。將 8〇公克AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(,,玻璃/離子交換混合 物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值,得到之?11值約 為9·4然後,將混合物移入4000毫升之塑膠廣口容器 内將&quot;亥塑膠谷器置於50 °C的通風烘箱内2小時,每3〇分 f 鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有Anti-CrakTM HD samples, glass fibers with an average diameter of approximately 17 to 2 microns. The first step is to perform a calcination heat treatment on the AR glass sample received as it is. In this treatment, the AR glass was satin-sintered for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. The second step of the brother's acid leaching treatment of the AR glass. 250 grams of simmered AR glass and 3 liters of 5.5 wt.% of sulphuric acid were placed in a 1 liter glass wide mouth container. The open plastic container is heated on a c〇rning hot plate for two hours so that the bottom of the container reaches a temperature of 90-1 〇〇 ° C, and the top of the container P reaches a temperature of at least 7 5 C. The thermocouples in each place were measured; since there was evaporation of the solution during the treatment, 5.5 wt.% of nitric acid was added to keep the volume at 3 liters. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a 200 mesh stainless steel screen and washed with about 15 liters of deionized water. The acid immersed sample is then dried for several hours at a temperature of 1 °C. 126422.doc -61 - 200843852 In the second step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange (ΐΕχ) treatment. In this example, 2000 g of 〇·ι wt% of a palladium solution was prepared for the ion exchange (, ΐΕχ solution) using dihydrooxoamine palladium [Pd(NH 3 ) 4 ](〇H) 2 . The yttrium AR glass is added to the ion exchange solution (, glass/ion exchange mixture). Measuring glass/ion exchange mixture? 11 value, get it? The value of 11 is about 9.4. Then, the mixture is transferred into a 4000 ml plastic wide-mouth container. Place the &quot;Hai plastic barn in a ventilated oven at 50 °C for 2 hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 3 minutes. . After the ion exchange process is completed, use

Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物, 並使用約幾公升之去離子水清洗。然後,在丨丨〇 t溫度 下’將離子交換玻璃乾燥22小時。 第四步,在氫氣(HD流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇。〇之 溫度下對離子交換玻璃進行4小時的還原。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇19 wt %之鈀 濃度。 V 猎由又“濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖1所示,結果表明,由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之 區域之厚度約為10奈米。 實例7 AR玻璃上之麵Whatman 541 filter paper Buchner funnel filters the glass/ion exchange mixture and rinses with a few liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 丨丨〇t. In the fourth step, the ion-exchanged glass was subjected to a reduction of 4 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and a temperature of 3 Torr. The sample was analyzed by ICP-AES to obtain about 〇〇. The concentration of palladium at 19 wt%. V is also analyzed by the sputtering depth distribution method (described below), as shown in Figure 1. The results show the thickness of the region where the large amount of palladium is detected by the method. About 10 nm. Example 7 Surface on AR glass

獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL

Anti-Crak HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行烺燒熱處理。 126422.doc -62 - 200843852 為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經緞燒之AR玻璃進行酸、$ 丁®文,文處理。將約160公 克經锻燒之AR玻璃及12公升5.5 wt%之石肖酸各自置於W 升的圓底燒瓶内,且使用残鋼槳錢拌機幻⑼至綱 rpm之速度在9(TC下加熱的同時進行機械㈣兩小時。酸 浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 5411 紙之布氏漏斗 過據樣品’並使用約7.5公升切子水清洗。_,在ιι〇 1之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。然後藉由一次 性穿過小型錘碎機,將酸浸樣品磨製為精細粉末。 第三步,對經過磨製及酸浸處理之八尺玻璃進行離子交 換處理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[pt(NH^4](cl)2製 備1公升0.3 wt·%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將 約158公克經過磨製及酸浸處理之ar玻璃加入離子交換溶 液中(η玻璃/離子交換混合物π)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物 之PH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約29·8 wt·%之氫氧化 銨(NH4〇H),將該混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例 中,得到之pH值約為10.6)。然後,將該玻璃/離子交換混 合物移入4公升之燒杯中,在5 0 °C溫度下加熱兩小時,同 時使用不鏽鋼槳式攪拌機以300至500 rpm的速度進行連續 機械攪拌。加熱一個小時之後,再次量測pH值,並根據需 要’再次使用約29.8 wt.%之NH4OH溶液將pH值調整至大 於1 〇。在兩個小時的加熱過程完成之後,再次量測玻璃/離 子交換混合物之pH值,測得之pH值約為1 〇· 1。離子交換處 126422.doc -63- 200843852 理完成之後,過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物,並使用帶有 Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,並 使用約7.6公升的稀NH4OH溶液清洗。稀NH4OH溶液係藉 由將10公克之29.8 wt.%濃NH4OH溶液與約3.8公升去離子 水混合製備。然後,在110°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣 品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換樣品在氫氣(H2)流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及300°C的溫 度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.0033 wt.%之鉑 濃度。 實例8 AR玻璃上之顧 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem_FIL Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 弟一步’對按原樣接收A R玻璃樣品進行锻燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約30公 克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升 之塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C之通風烘箱内 兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 126422.doc -64- 200843852 使用約7·5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在110。。之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第=步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氯四胺翻[Pt⑽3)4胸2製備3公升 ^01败%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(&quot;IEX溶液,,)。將約15〇1 A克d戌處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離 子二換/吧合物’,)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值。根 / 據而要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt·%之氫氧化銨(NH4〇H), 將該混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到ipH 值、力為10·6)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣 口容器。將該塑膠容器置於5(rc之通風烘箱内兩小時,每 3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃—下。加熱—個小時之後,再次量測 pH值,並根據需要,再次使用約29·8糾·%之溶液 將pH值調整至大於i 〇。在兩個小時之加熱過程完成之後, 再-人里測玻璃/離子交換混合物2pH值,得到值約為 I 1〇·19。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾 紙的布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物並收集離子交換_ 玻璃樣品’且使用約7.6公升之稀NEUOH溶液清洗。稀 NHaOH/谷液係藉由將1〇公克之29·8 wt·%濃NH40H溶液與 約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在u(rc溫度下, 將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步’對離子交換玻璃進行還原處理,其中離子交換 玻璃在氫氣(HO流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及30(TC溫度下還 原4小時。 126422.doc -65- 200843852 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為0.0032 wt.%之鉑 濃度。 實例9 AR玻璃上之始 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至20微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行烺燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C的溫度下烺燒4小時。 第二步,對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約30公 克經烺燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C之通風烘箱内 兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在110°C之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公升 0.01 wt.%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(ΠΙΕΧ溶液”)。將約9.8公 克經酸浸處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中玻璃/離子 交換混合物’’)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值。根據 需要,連續逐滴添加約40 wt·%之氫氧化四丙基銨,將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之pH值約 126422.doc -66- 200843852 為11.3 8)。將玻璃/離子交拖、、曰入4 又換此合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口 容器。將該塑膠容器置於1〇(ΓΓ夕、3, 、iUUC之通風烘箱内22小時,每 30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離早六 卜離子父換處理完成之後,使用 帶有whatman 541錢之布氏漏斗過據麵/離子交換混合 物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約76公升之稀 nH4〇h溶液清洗。稀簡4加溶液係藉由将1〇公克 wt.%濃NH4〇H溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 / 後,在110 C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,離子交換 玻璃在氫氣(H2)流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇。〇溫度下還 原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇38 wt %之鉑 濃度。 實例10 AR玻璃上之銘 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 Ar 玻璃 Cem_FIL Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行烺燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為} L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約3〇公 克經烺燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之确酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於於9〇。〇之通風烘箱 126422.doc -67- 200843852 内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7 · 5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨丨〇。〇的溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸次處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本貫例中,使用二氣四胺鉑[pt(NH3)d(cl)2製備3公升 0·01 wt·%之鉑 &gt;谷液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將約8 79公 ^ 克經酸浸處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(,,玻璃/離子 父換混合物)。置測玻璃/離子交換混合物之口11值。根據 需要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt·%之氫氧化銨(NH4〇h),將 該混合物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之?11值 約為10.4)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣口 容器。將該塑膠容器置於HKTC之通風烘箱内22小時;每 30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用 帶有Whatman 54丨濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合 I 物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約7.6公升之稀 NHUOH溶液清洗。稀NH4〇h溶液係藉由將⑺公克之π』 wt·。/。濃NH40H溶液與約3·8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在110°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換玻璃在氫氣(h2)流速為2 L/㈣氫氣氣氛及则t溫度 下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇.〇22 wt %之鉑 濃度。 126422.doc -68 - 200843852 實例11 AR玻璃上之始Anti-Crak HD samples, glass fibers having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample is received as it is subjected to a heat treatment. 126422.doc -62 - 200843852 is an air atmosphere of 1 L/hr and in this treatment, the AR glass is calcined at a temperature of 600 ° C for 4 hours. In the second step, the satin-fired AR glass is treated with acid, diced, and text. Approximately 160 grams of calcined AR glass and 12 liters of 5.5 wt% of sulphuric acid were placed in a W liter round bottom flask, and a speed of 9 (TC) was used at 9 (TC). Mechanically (four) two hours while heating down. After the acid leaching treatment, use the Buchner funnel with Whatman 5411 paper to pass the sample 'and use about 7.5 liters of chopped water to clean. _, at the temperature of ιι〇1, The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours, and then the acid immersion sample was ground into a fine powder by passing through a small hammer mill in one step. The third step was to ion exchange the ground and acid immersed eight-foot glass. Treatment. In this example, 1 liter of a 0.3 wt.% platinum solution was prepared for the ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution,") using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [pt(NH^4](cl)2.) about 158 g. The milled and acid immersed ar glass is added to the ion exchange solution (η glass/ion exchange mixture π). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture is measured. As needed, continuous addition of about 29.8 wt.% is added dropwise. Ammonium hydroxide (NH4〇H), the pH of the mixture is adjusted to greater than 1 〇 (in In this example, the pH was obtained to be about 10.6). The glass/ion exchange mixture was then transferred to a 4 liter beaker and heated at 50 °C for two hours while using a stainless steel paddle mixer at 300 to 500. Continuous mechanical agitation at rpm. After heating for one hour, measure the pH again and adjust the pH to greater than 1 再次 using approximately 29.8 wt.% NH4OH solution as needed. Completed in two hours of heating. After that, the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture is measured again, and the measured pH is about 1 〇·1. After the ion exchange is completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture is filtered, and the belt is used. Ion exchange-glass samples were collected from a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with approximately 7.6 liters of dilute NH4OH solution by diluting 10 grams of 29.8 wt.% concentrated NH4OH solution with approximately 3.8 liters of deionized water. Prepared by mixing. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 ° C. In the fourth step, the ion exchange glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, wherein the ion exchange sample Reduction was carried out for 4 hours under a hydrogen atmosphere at a hydrogen (H2) flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 300 ° C. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 0.0033 wt.%. A sample of AR glass Cem_FIL Anti-CrakTM HD produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns, was obtained. The younger step is to receive the A R glass sample as it is for the calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the simmered AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 30 grams of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for two hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper, and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water at 126422.doc -64-200843852. Then, at 110. . The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours at the temperature. In the step = step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In the present example, 3 liters of a ?0% platinum solution was prepared for ion exchange (&quot;IEX solution,) using dichlorotetramine [Pt(10)3)4 chest 2 . Add about 15 〇 1 gram of d 戌 treated AR glass to the ion exchange solution ("glass / ion exchange / bar",). Measure the pH of the glass / ion exchange mixture. About 29.8 wt% of ammonium hydroxide (NH 4 〇H) was added dropwise continuously, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (in the present example, an ipH value was obtained, the force was 10.6). Transfer the ion exchange mixture to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 5 (rc ventilated oven for 2 hours, shake it slightly by hand every 3 minutes). After heating - hour, measure the pH again. And, if necessary, again using a solution of about 29.8 correction % to adjust the pH to greater than i 〇. After the two-hour heating process is completed, the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture 2 is measured again to obtain the value. Approximately I 1 〇 19. After completion of the ion exchange treatment, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and the ion exchange _ glass sample was collected and washed with a 7.6 liter diluted NEUOH solution. NHaOH/Valley is made by using 1〇克克29·8 The wt·% concentrated NH40H solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried at u (rc temperature for 22 hours. The fourth step was to reduce the ion exchange glass, where ion exchange The glass was hydrogen (HO gas flow rate of 2 L / hr hydrogen atmosphere and 30 (TC temperature reduction for 4 hours. 126422.doc -65- 200843852 by ICP-AES sample analysis, to obtain a platinum concentration of about 0.0032 wt.% Example 9 The AR glass was first obtained from the Saint-Gobain Vetrotex AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD sample, which is a glass fiber with an average diameter of about 17 to 20 microns. The first step is to receive the AR glass as it is. The sample was subjected to a calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 ° C. The second step was to carry out acid leaching of the calcined AR glass. Dispose of about 30 grams of simmered AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt% of nitric acid in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 90 ° C ventilated oven for two hours. Shake it slightly with your hand for 30 minutes. After the immersion treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at 110 ° C for 22 hours. Step, the ion-exchanged treatment of the acid-impregnated AR glass. In this example, 3 liters of a 0.01 wt.% platinum solution is prepared for the ion using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2. Exchange (ΠΙΕΧ solution). About 9.8 gram of the acid leached AR glass was added to the glass/ion exchange mixture '' in the ion exchange solution'). The pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. As needed, about 40 wt.% of tetrapropylammonium hydroxide was continuously added dropwise, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 10 (in the present example, the pH obtained was about 126422.doc-66-200843852 was 11.3. 8). The glass/ion was dragged and dropped, and the mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 1 〇 (ΓΓ 、, 3, iUUC for 22 hours, shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the treatment of the early six ionic fathers is completed, use the money with owman 541 The Buchner funnel passes through the surface/ion exchange mixture and collects the ion exchange-glass sample and is washed with a solution of about 76 liters of dilute nH4 〇h. The solution of the simplification is added by 1 gram wt.% concentrated NH4 〇H The solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. After that, the ion exchange glass sample was subjected to a 22 hour temperature at 110 C. In the fourth step, the ion exchange glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, and the ion exchange glass was hydrogen (H2). A hydrogen atmosphere at a flow rate of 2 L/hr and 3 Torr. Reduction at 〇 temperature for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 38 wt%. Example 10 A sample of Ar glass Cem_FIL Anti-CrakTM HD produced by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex, a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 17 to 2 micrometers was obtained. In the first step, the AR glass sample was subjected to a heat treatment by sintering as it is. Medium, AR The glass is calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere with an air flow rate of L/hr and a temperature of 600 ° C. The second step is to carry out acid leaching of the calcined AR glass. And 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% of the acid are placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container at 9 〇. 通风 ventilated oven 126422.doc -67- 200843852 2 hours, every 30 minutes Shake it slightly by hand. After the acid leaching process is completed, the sample is filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and rinsed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. Then, at a temperature of 丨丨〇.〇, The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours. In the second step, the acid-treated AR glass was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, tetrafluorotetramine platinum [pt(NH3)d(cl)2 was used to prepare 3 Litre 0.01 wt·% of platinum&gt; trough liquid is used for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution,"). About 8 79 g of acid-impregnated AR glass is added to the ion exchange solution (,, glass/ion The parent exchanges the mixture. The value of the mouth 11 of the glass/ion exchange mixture is measured. Add about 29.8 wt% ammonium hydroxide (NH 4 〇 h), adjust the pH of the mixture to greater than 10 (in this example, the value of 11 is about 10.4). Move the glass/ion exchange mixture into 4 Liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in HKTC's ventilated oven for 22 hours; shake it by hand every 30 minutes. After ion exchange treatment, filter the glass with Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 filter paper/ Ion exchange mixed I and collect ion exchanged-glass samples and rinsed with approximately 7.6 liters of dilute NHUOH solution. The dilute NH4〇h solution is obtained by (7) grams of π′′ wt·. /. A concentrated NH40H solution was prepared by mixing with about 3. 8 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass samples were then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the fourth step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the ion-exchanged glass was reduced in a hydrogen (h2) flow rate of 2 L/(iv) hydrogen atmosphere and then at a temperature of t for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 22 wt%. 126422.doc -68 - 200843852 Example 11 The beginning of AR glass

獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL

Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C的溫度下烺燒4小時。 第二步,對經烺燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約3〇公 克經锻燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之頌酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇。〇的通風烘箱内 2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在11〇。〇之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本只例中,使用六水合硝酸鈷(n) c〇(N〇3)2.6H2〇製備工 a升0.1 wt.%之鈷溶液用於離子交換(,,ΙΕχ溶液,,)。在艾氏 (Ellenmeyer)燒瓶内形成乂氣泡通過丄公升去離子水3〇分 釦製備離子父換溶液,儘量所存在的空氣量减到最少, 以免録在添加I改變氧化態。然後將六水合确酸始加入經 =淨化之去離子水中。4義子交換溶液之仲值。根據 而要連績逐滴添加約29·8 wt·%之氫氧化銨(Nh4〇h),將 該混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之?11值 126422.doc -69- 200843852 約為10.2)。然後,將離子交換溶液移入1公升的塑膠廣口 容器中。將約20公克經酸浸處理之AR玻璃加入離子交換 溶液中(’,玻璃/離子交換混合物”)中。將該塑膠容器置於於 5〇°C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物。收集母液並量測pH值 (在本實例中,pH值約為9·70)。然後使用約6公升之稀 NEUOH溶液清洗經過濾的玻璃。稀νη4ΟΗ溶液係藉由將10 公克之濃29.8 wt·% NHUOH溶液與約3.8公升之去離子水混 合而製備。然後,在110°C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品 乾燥16小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇·64 wt·%之録濃 度。 實例12 AR玻璃上之姑 獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 在該處理巾,AR玻璃在空氣流速為丄—之空氣氣氛及 600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經過煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約川 公克經煅燒之AR玻璃及4公升5·5糾%之硝酸各自置於4公 升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇亡之通風烘箱 126422.doc -70- 200843852 内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後’使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7.5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在n〇°c之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用六水合硝酸鈷(II) Co(N〇3)2 · 6H20製備j 公升0·1 wt·%的鈷溶液用於離子交換(&quot;IEX溶液,,)。在艾氏 ^ 燒瓶内藉由形成A氣泡通過i公升去離子水30分鐘,製備 離子交換溶液,儘量所存在之空氣量減到最少,以免鈷在 添加後改變氧化態。然後將六水合硝酸鈷加入經仏淨化的 去離子水中。量測離子交換溶液之pH值。根據需要,連續 逐滴添加約29.8 wt·%之氫氧化銨(NH4〇h),將該混合物之 PH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為 10.24)。然後,將離子交換溶液移入丨公升之塑膠廣口容器 中。將約20公克經酸浸處理之八尺玻璃加入離子交換溶液 { 中(玻璃/離子父換混合物π)。將該塑膠容器置於5〇它之通 風烘箱内45分鐘,25分鐘後用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換 處理完成之後,使用帶有whatman 541遽、紙之布氏漏斗過 濾破璃/離子交換混合物。收集母液並量測?11值(在本實例 中,pH值約為9.88)。然、後使用約6公升的稀而摘溶液清 洗經過濾之玻璃。稀NH4〇h溶液係藉由将ι〇公克之298 wt·%濃NH4〇H溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備然 後二在litre溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥17小時。 wt·%之鈷濃 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,產生約為〇15 126422.doc -71 - 200843852 度。 實例13 AR玻璃上之鎢Anti-CrakTM HD samples, glass fibers with an average diameter of approximately 17 to 2 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample is received as it is subjected to a calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the simmered AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 3 gram of calcined AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% citric acid were placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container at 9 inches. Shake it in your hand in a ventilated oven for 2 hours every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. Then, at 11 〇. The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 〇. In the second step, the acid-impregnated AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, cobalt hexahydrate (n) c〇(N〇3)2.6H2〇 was used to prepare a 0.1 wt.% cobalt solution for ion exchange (,, hydrazine solution,). The formation of enthalpy bubbles in the Ellenmeyer flask was carried out by means of 丄 liters of deionized water 3 〇 deduction to prepare the ion-parent exchange solution, minimizing the amount of air present, so as not to record the addition of I to change the oxidation state. The hexahydrate is then added to the purified deionized water. 4 The secondary value of the progeny exchange solution. According to the results, about 29.8 wt% ammonium hydroxide (Nh4〇h) was added dropwise, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (in this example, the value obtained was 11 126422.doc) -69- 200843852 is approximately 10.2). The ion exchange solution was then transferred to a 1 liter plastic wide mouth container. About 20 grams of acid-impregnated AR glass was added to the ion exchange solution (', glass/ion exchange mixture). The plastic container was placed in a 5 ° C ventilated oven for 2 hours, every 30 minutes. The hand was shaken slightly. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper. The mother liquor was collected and the pH was measured (in this example, the pH was about 9.70). The filtered glass was then washed with about 6 liters of dilute NEUOH solution. The dilute ηη4ΟΗ solution was prepared by mixing 10 gram of a concentrated 29.8 wt.% NHUOH solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, at 110°. The ion-exchanged glass sample was dried for 16 hours at C temperature. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a concentration of about 〇·64 wt·%. Example 12 AR glass was obtained by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex. AR glass Cem-FIL Anti-CrakTM HD sample, which is a glass fiber with an average diameter of about 17 to 2 μm. In the first step, the AR glass sample is subjected to a calcination heat treatment as it is. In the treatment towel, the AR glass is The air flow rate is 空气-the air atmosphere and calcined for 4 hours at a temperature of 600 ° C. The second step is to carry out acid leaching treatment on the calcined AR glass. The Yoshikawa gram calcined AR glass and 4 liters 5·5 Each of the nitric acid was placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 9-year-old ventilated oven at 126422.doc -70-200843852 for 2 hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After completion, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.5 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of n ° ° C. 'Ion exchange treatment of acid-impregnated AR glass. In this example, a cobalt solution of 0 liters of 0·1 wt·% was prepared using cobalt (II) nitrate hexahydrate (N〇3) 2 · 6H20. Ion exchange (&quot;IEX solution,,). Prepare the ion exchange solution by forming A bubble through i liter of deionized water for 30 minutes in the Ehrlich flask, and minimize the amount of air present to avoid cobalt addition. After changing the oxidation state, then the hexahydrate Cobalt acid is added to the deionized water purified by hydrazine. The pH of the ion exchange solution is measured. As needed, about 29.8 wt% ammonium hydroxide (NH 4 〇h) is continuously added dropwise, and the pH of the mixture is adjusted to More than 1 〇 (in this example, the pH obtained is about 10.24). Then, the ion exchange solution is transferred into a plastic wide-mouth container of 丨 liter. About 20 grams of acid-impregnated eight-foot glass is added to the ion exchange solution. { Medium (glass/ion parent for mixture π). The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven for 5 minutes, and after 25 minutes, it was shaken slightly by hand. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with whatman 541 遽 paper. Collect mother liquor and measure it? 11 value (in this example, the pH is about 9.88). The filtered glass is then washed with about 6 liters of a thin pick solution. The dilute NH4〇h solution was prepared by mixing 298 wt% of NH4〇H solution of ι〇g with about 3.8 liters of deionized water and then drying the ion exchange glass sample for 17 hours at the litre temperature. Cobalt concentration of wt·% The sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded approximately 〇15 126422.doc -71 - 200843852 degrees. Example 13 Tungsten on AR Glass

獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL

Anti-CrakTM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為17至2〇微米之玻璃 纖維。 第一步,對按原樣接收AR玻璃樣品進行煅燒熱處理。 在該處理中,AR玻璃在空氣流速為1 L/hr之空氣氣氛及 600°C之溫度下煅燒4小時。 第二步,對經煅燒之AR玻璃進行酸浸處理。將約3〇公 克經烺燒之AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之硝酸各自置於4公升 的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9(rc的通風烘箱内 兩小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之 後’使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並 使用約7·5公升去離子水清洗。然後,在110°C之溫度下, 將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對經酸浸處理之AR玻璃進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,用偏鎢酸銨製備^公 升〇·〇5 wt·%的鎢溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液&quot;)。將約 1 5 · 01 a克經酸浸處理之ar玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻 璃/離子交換混合物,,)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH 值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約29·8 wt·%之氫氧化鏔 (NH4〇H),將該玻璃/離子交換混合物之pH值調整至8 〇然 後將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容器中。 126422.doc -72- 200843852 將該塑膠容器置於5(rc的通風供箱 … 手稍微搖晃—下。在兩小時之加熱過程^’士母30分鐘用 Whatman 541滹纸之右戌、昆、丨 、口束日守’使用帶有 收集離子交換= 洗。然後,一度下,:離子^ 小時。 又換破璃樣品乾燥22 其中離子交換 溫度下煅燒4 第四步,對離子交換玻璃進行煅燒處理 f 玻璃在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及5〇〇^ 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析 濃度。 預』到約為0·〇1 wt·%之鐫 A玻璃基質之觸媒組合物 實例14 A-06F玻璃上之鈾Anti-CrakTM HD samples, glass fibers with an average diameter of approximately 17 to 2 microns. In the first step, the AR glass sample is received as it is subjected to a calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, the AR glass was calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 L/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. In the second step, the calcined AR glass is subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 3 ounces of simmered AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were placed in 4 liter plastic wide-mouth containers. Place the plastic container in a 9 (rc ventilated oven for two hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching process is completed, use a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper to filter the sample and use about 7. 5 The aliquot of deionized water is washed. Then, the acid leached sample is dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 ° C. In the third step, the acid leached AR glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. Ammonium tungstate preparation ^ liter 〇 〇 5 wt·% tungsten solution for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution"). About 1 5 · 01 a gram of acid leached ar glass is added to the ion exchange solution (" Glass/ion exchange mixture,,). Measure the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture. Add about 29.8 wt% of cesium hydroxide (NH4〇H) continuously as needed, and exchange the glass/ion exchange The pH of the mixture was adjusted to 8 〇 and the glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. 126422.doc -72- 200843852 Place the plastic container in 5 (rc ventilation box... hand shake slightly - Under. Two hours of heating process ^' The mother used 30 minutes of Whatman 541 滹 paper right 戌, Kun, 丨, 口束日守' use with collected ion exchange = wash. Then, once under: ion ^ hours. Also change the glass sample dry 22 where ion exchange Calcination at temperature 4 In the fourth step, the ion-exchanged glass is calcined. The glass is subjected to an air atmosphere at an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and 5 〇〇 ^ hr. The concentration of the sample is analyzed by ICP-AES. 0·〇1 wt·% of 镌A glass matrix catalyst composition example 14 A-06F glass uranium

獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先’對於按原樣接收、未經烺燒之A_〇6F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將約21公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5·5糾.%之哺 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 90°C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾、紙之布氏漏 斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 11 0°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 126422.doc -73 - 200843852 理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備1公 升0.01 wt·%的鉑溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將川公 克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合物,,)。 量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之ρΗ值。根據需要,連續逐滴 添加約29.8 wt·。/。之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該混合物之?1^值 凋整至大於1 〇(在本實例申,得到之ρΗ值約為丨丨·丨)。將玻 璃/離子父換混合物移入2公升的塑膠廣口容器中。將該容 f 器置於10(TC之通風烘箱内23小時。在23小時之加熱過程 中搖尤幾次。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有…以加⑽ 54 1濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物並收集離子 父換-玻璃樣品,且使用約76公升之稀Nh4〇h溶液清洗。 稀NH:4〇H溶液係藉由将10公克之29·8 wt %濃NH4〇H溶液 與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在u〇CJc溫度 下’將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 弟一步,對離子父換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 I 父換樣ρσ在風氣(H2)流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇t的溫 度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,產生約為〇·96 wt%之鉑濃 度。 實例15 A-06F玻璃上之把 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先’對於按原樣接收、未經之A-06F玻璃樣品進行酸 126422.doc -74- 200843852 浸處理。將約50公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各 自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇t 的通風烘相内2小時’每3 〇分鐘用手猶微搖晃一下。酸浸 處理完成之後’使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過 濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在丨丨〇。〇 的溫度下,將酸浸之樣品22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃樣品進行離子交換 處理。在本貫例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製 備3毫升o.ool wt·%的把溶液用於離子交換(,,ΙΕχ溶液,,)。 將約10公克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(,,玻璃/離子交 換此合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之。根據需 要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 Wt·%之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇η),將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到值約 為1〇·5)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容 器中。將該塑膠容器置於5(rc之通風烘箱内兩小時,每3〇 刀#里用手稍彳政搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶 有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物 且獲得濾餅,將其與約3公升稀1^仏〇]9[溶液重新混合然後 再次j濾。重複兩次重新混合/過濾之步驟。稀NH4〇H溶 液係藉由将ίο公克之29.8 wt·%濃NH40H溶液與約3·8公升 去離子水混合而製備。然後,在丨阶溫度下,將離子交 換玻璃樣品22小時。 第一步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 、破离樣阳在氫氣(pjj流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3⑽。c 126422.doc -75- 200843852 的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇62糾%之鈀 濃度。 〃 實例16 A-06F玻璃上之把 獲知由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直栌約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A_〇6F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將約51公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5·5糾%之硝 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 901:之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏 斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 11 〇°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之八-06]?玻璃進行Na\反離子交 換(nNa-BIXn)處理。將來自第一步中的經酸浸之樣品與4公 升3 mol/L氯化鈉(NaCl)溶液混合(”玻璃/氣化鈉混合物”)。量 測玻璃/NaCl混合物之PH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約 40 wt·%之氫氧化四丙基銨,將玻璃/NaC1混合物ipH值調 整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為10·9)。將玻璃/ 氯化鈉混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口容器中。隨後將塑膠 容器置於5 0 C之通風烘箱内4小時,每3 0分鐘用手稍微搖 晃一下。Na-BIX處理完成之後,使用帶有whatman 541濾 紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/氯化鈉混合物並收集Na-BIX/A- 126422.doc -76- 200843852 06F樣品,且使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在ιι〇 °C之溫度下,將Na-BIX/A-06F玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對Na-BIX/A-06F玻璃樣品進行第二次離子交換 ΓΙΕΧ-2”)處理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鈀 [Pd(NH3)4](Cl)2製備1公升〇·〇ι wt %之鈀溶液用於離子交 換(IEX-2&gt;谷液’’)。將35公克A-06F玻璃加入ieX-2溶液中 (’’玻璃/IEX-2混合物”)。量測玻璃/ΙΕΧ-2混合物之?11值, 付到之pH值約為8.5。將玻璃/IEX-2混合物移入2公升之塑 膠廣口容器。將該塑膠容器置於5〇之通風烘箱内4小 時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之 後,使用帶Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/ΙΕχ-2 此合物並收集IEX-2玻璃樣品’且使用約7· 6公升之稀氫氧 化叙’谷液清洗。稀NH4〇H溶液係藉由將1 〇公克之29· 8 wt % 濃NEUOH溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後, 在110°C的溫度下,將i〇n-x2樣品乾燥22小時。 第四步,對IEX-2玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中樣品在 鼠氣(H2)纟速為2 L/hr之鼠氣氣氛及300。〇之溫度下還原4 小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇·〇9 wt %之鈀濃 度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖2所示,結果表明由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之區 域的厚度約為15奈米。 實例17 126422.doc -77- 200843852 A-06F玻璃上之把 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-〇6F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對A-06F玻璃纖維進行離子交換處理。在本實 例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製備2公升〇〇〇ι wt·%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(ί,ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將約5·4公克八_ 06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(π玻璃/離子交換混合物”)。 「量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之阳值。根據需要,連續逐滴 添加約29.8 Wt·%的氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該混合物之^^值 調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到2ρΗ值約為ι〇 ι)。將玻 璃/ΙΕΧ混合物移入4公升之玻璃燒杯容器中且置於加熱板 上。將容器於591之烘箱内機械攪拌2小時。離子交換處 理70成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54丨濾紙的布氏漏斗過濾 玻% /離子父換混合物,且獲得濾餅,將其與約3公升稀 NH4〇H溶液重新混合然後再次過濾。重複兩次重新混合/ i 過濾之步驟。稀ΝΗ4〇ί^8液係藉由將10公克之29·8 wt·%濃 腿4〇出容液與約3·8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在 100 C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換-玻璃#品在氫氣(η2)流速為2L/hr之氣氣氣氛及3〇(rc 之溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇.〇35 _ %之鈀 濃度。 藉由xps濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 126422.doc -78- 200843852 圖2所示,結果表明由該方法所偵測到之大量把存在之區 域的厚度約為15奈米。 實例18 A-06F玻璃上之纪 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A-06F玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約50公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.%之 硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 於90 °C的通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後’在11 0°C的溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之八_0617玻璃樣品進行離子交換 處理。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[pd(NH3W(〇H)2製 備3公升0.001 wt·%之鈀溶液用於離子交換(”ΙΕχ溶液,,)。將 10公克A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(,,玻璃/離子交換混 合物)。i /則玻璃/離子父換混合物之^只值。根據需要, 連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt,%的氫氧化銨(NH4〇H),將該混合 物之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到ipH值約為 Η)·5)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移人4公升之塑膠廣口容 器。將該塑膠容器置於5(TC的通風烘箱内兩小時,每⑽ 鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶: Whatman⑷濾紙之布以斗㈣、麵/料交換混合物且 126422.doc -79- 200843852 獲侍濾餅,將其與約3公升稀NH4〇H溶液重新混合然後再 k /慮重複兩大重新混合/過濾、的步驟。稀νη4οιι溶液 係猎由将10公克之29.8 wt%mNH4〇I^S液與約3·8公升去 離子水混合而製備。然後,在110°C溫度下,將離子交換 玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 父換玻璃先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及3〇〇它的溫度 下舞X燒2小日守,然後在氫氣(出)流速為2 之氫氣(H2)氣 氣及3 0 0 C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇〇59之鈀 濃度。 藉由XPS濺射深度分布法(如下所述)進行樣品分析,如 圖2所示,結果表明由該方法所偵測到之大量鈀存在之區 域的厚度約為15奈米。 實例19 A-06F玻璃上之把 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直押約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A-06F玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約8.43公克的A-06F玻璃及L5公升5 5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於2公升的玻璃燒杯内且使用不鏽鋼紫 式攪拌機以300至500 rpm的速度在22 °C下機械授掉3〇八 鐘。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541渡紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7 · 6公升去離子水清洗。妙、 126422.doc -80 - 200843852 後二在UG°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第一 v對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃樣品進行離子交換 處理在本μ例中,使用二氫氧四胺鈀[pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製 備5〇〇么升〇.〇1 wt.%的鈀溶液用於離子交換(,,ΐΕχ溶液”)。將 4.2公”克玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(&quot;玻璃/離子交換混 口物)里/則玻璃/離子父換混合物之_值。根據需要, wt.〇/〇^A^,b|,(NH4〇H), 物之pH值凋正至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之pH值約為 ΐ〇·2)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入丨公升的燒杯中,在5〇 °C溫度下授拌2小時。離子交換處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合物, 亚使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在u(rc溫度下, 將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中離子 交換玻璃先在空氣流速為2 L/hr之空氣氣氛及3〇〇艺的溫度 下烺燒2小時,然後在氫氣流速為2心之氫氣⑻)氣氛及 300°C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 57之鈀濃 度。 / 實例20 A-06F玻璃上之麵 獲知由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之A_〇6F玻璃樣品進 126422.doc • 81 - 200843852 仃酸浸處理。將約3〇公克A_〇6F玻璃及4公升55 wt·。/❶之硝 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 90 C之通風烘箱内2小時,每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃—下。 酉文/又處理凡成之後,使用帶有Whatman Μ丨濾紙之布氏漏 斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 1 i〇°c之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A_〇6F玻璃進行離子交換處 理在本Λ例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公 升0.01 wt.%的鉑溶液用於離子交換(&quot;ΙΕχ溶液&quot;)。將Η」公 克經酸浸之A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(,,玻璃/離子交 換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值。根據需 要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將該 混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到值約 為10.07)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣口 容器。將該塑膠容器置於5(rc之通風烘箱内兩小時。每3〇 分鐘用手猶微搖晃-下容器。離子交換處理完成之後,使 用帶有Whatman 541濾、紙之布氏漏斗過濾、玻璃/離子交換混 合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約76公升之稀 nh4〇h溶液清洗。稀NH4〇h溶液係藉由將ι〇公克的μ wt.%濃NH4QH溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在llGt溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進㈣原處理,其中將樣 品在風i氣(Η2)流速為2 L/hr之备与,七〇 nr之虱虱虱汛及300°C的溫度下還 原4小時。 126422.doc -82- 200843852 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇·33 wt·%之麵、、曲 度。 實例21 A-06F玻璃上之麵 平均直徑約為 獲得由 Lauscha Fiber International生產 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經緞燒之八_0佔玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約30公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5·5 wt%之 硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 於90 °C的通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。/叉處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54丨濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在110 C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A_06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺_t(NH3)4](cl)2製備3公 升〇·〇1 wt·%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(ΠΙΕχ溶液。。將9·3公 克經酸浸之A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交 換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值。根據需 要,連續逐滴添加約40 wt.%的氳氧化四丙基銨,將該混 合物之PH值調整至大於1〇(在本實财,㈣之pH值約為 二〇7)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入々公升的塑膠廣口容 器中。將該塑膠宏^ j n n。广 态置於100 c之通風烘箱内22小時。每 3 0分鐘用手稍微搖異_ τ六突、_ ^ 月U摇尤下谷裔。離子交換處理完成之後, 使用V有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換 I26422.doc • 83 - 200843852 且使用約7.6公升之稀A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. First, the A_〇6F glass sample which was received as it was and which was not calcined was subjected to acid leaching treatment. Approximately 21 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5% of the acid were placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Brinell flask with Whatman 54 1 filter, paper, and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the second step, the ion exchanged A-06F glass is subjected to ion exchange at 126422.doc -73 - 200843852. In this example, 1 liter of a 0.01 wt.% platinum solution was prepared using ion tetramethylene chloride [Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2 for ion exchange ("ΙΕχ solution,"). Chuankeke A-06F The glass is added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture,"). The pH value of the glass/ion exchange mixture was measured. As needed, about 29.8 wt· was added continuously dropwise. /. Ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η), what is the mixture? The value of 1^ is reduced to more than 1 〇 (in this example, the value of ρ is about 丨丨·丨). Transfer the glass/ion parent blend to a 2 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the vessel in a 10 (TC ventilated oven for 23 hours. Shake it several times during the 23 hours of heating. After the ion exchange treatment is complete, filter with a Buchner funnel with ... (10) 54 1 filter paper. The glass/ion exchange mixture was collected and the ion-parent-glass sample was collected and washed with approximately 76 liters of dilute Nh4〇h solution. Dilute NH: 4 〇H solution was obtained by adding 10 gram of 29·8 wt% concentrated NH4〇H The solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried for 22 hours at the temperature of u〇CJc. In one step, the ion parent glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, wherein the ion I parent was changed ρσ Reduction was carried out for 4 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere at a flow rate of 2 L/hr of atmospheric air (H2) and at a temperature of 3 Torr. Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a platinum concentration of about 〇·96 wt%. Example 15 A The -06F glass is obtained from A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm. First of all, 'for the A-06F glass sample received as it is, the acid is 126422.doc - 74- 200843852 Dip treatment. Will be about 50 grams A-06F The glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt% nitric acid were placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 9 〇t air-dried phase for 2 hours' shaking with a hand every 3 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the sample was acid immersed for 22 hours at a temperature of 丨丨〇.〇. In the second step, the acid-impregnated A-06F glass sample was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 3 ml of o.ool was prepared using palladium hydroxide (pd(NH3)4](〇H)2. The wt_% solution was used for ion exchange (,, hydrazine solution,). About 10 g of A-06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution (, glass/ion exchanged compound). Measurement of glass/ion The mixture is exchanged. As needed, about 29.8 Wt·% of ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇η) is continuously added dropwise, and the pH of the mixture is adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (in this example, the value is about 1 〇· 5) Transfer the glass/ion exchange mixture into a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the container in a 5 (rc ventilated oven for two hours, shake it with a slight hand rub in every 3 files. After the ion exchange process is complete, filter the glass/ion exchange mixture using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and Obtain the filter cake, re-mix it with about 3 liters of dilute solution and then filter again. Repeat the steps of re-mixing/filtering twice. The diluted NH4〇H solution is made by adding 29.8 wt of ίο • A % concentrated NH40H solution was prepared by mixing with about 3 8 liters of deionized water. The ions were then exchanged for glass for 22 hours at the temperature of the helium. In the first step, the ion-exchanged glass sample is subjected to a reduction treatment in which the ions and the decomposed cations are reduced in hydrogen gas at a hydrogen atmosphere of pjj at a flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 3 (10) c 126422.doc -75 - 200843852 for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a palladium concentration of approximately 纠62%. 实例 Example 16 A-06F glass was known to be produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm. A-06F glass fiber. First, the A_〇6F glass sample received as received and uncalcined was subjected to acid leaching treatment. About 51 g of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5·5 % of nitric acid were placed in 4 In a liter plastic wide-mouth container, place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 901: for 2 hours, shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching process, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper. And use about 7. 6 liters of deionized water to clean. Then, the acid leached sample is dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 ° C. The second step is to treat the acid leached eight -06] glass. Na\reverse ion exchange (nNa-BIXn) treatment was carried out. The acid leached sample from the first step was mixed with 4 liters of a 3 mol/L sodium chloride (NaCl) solution ("glass/gasified sodium mixture"). The pH of the glass/NaCl mixture was measured. , about 40 wt.% of tetrapropylammonium hydroxide was added dropwise continuously, and the ipH value of the glass/NaCl mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (in the present example, the pH was about 10.9). The sodium chloride mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was then placed in a 50 ° C ventilated oven for 4 hours, and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After Na-BIX treatment was completed, use Whatman 541 filter paper Buchner funnel filter glass / sodium chloride mixture and collect Na-BIX / A- 126422.doc -76- 200843852 06F sample, and use about 7. 6 liters of deionized water to wash. Then, in ιι〇 ° The Na-BIX/A-06F glass sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of C. In the third step, a second ion exchange ΓΙΕΧ-2") treatment was performed on the Na-BIX/A-06F glass sample. In this example Preparation of 1 liter of 〇·〇ι wt % palladium solution for ion exchange using dichlorotetramine palladium [Pd(NH3)4](Cl)2 IEX-2 &gt; liquid valley ''.) 35 g A-06F glass ieX-2 was added a solution of ( 'glass / IEX-2 mixture "). Measuring glass/ΙΕΧ-2 mixture? The value of 11 is about 8.5. The glass/IEX-2 mixture was transferred to a 2 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 5 通风 ventilated oven for 4 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ΙΕχ-2 mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and the IEX-2 glass sample was collected and washed with about 7.6 liters of dilute hydroxide. The dilute NH4〇H solution was prepared by mixing 1 〇g of 29·8 wt% concentrated NEUOH solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the i〇n-x2 sample was dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. In the fourth step, the IEX-2 glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the sample was subjected to a rat atmosphere of 300 L at an idle speed of 2 L/hr. Restore at room temperature for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 9 wt%. Sample analysis was carried out by XPS sputtering depth distribution method (described below), as shown in Fig. 2, and the results showed that the thickness of the region where a large amount of palladium was detected by the method was about 15 nm. Example 17 126422.doc -77- 200843852 A-06F glass-on-glass A-〇6F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. In the first step, the A-06F glass fiber was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 2 liters of a palladium solution of 〇〇〇ι wt·% was prepared using palladium dihydrooxytetraamine [Pd(NH3)4](〇H) 2 for ion exchange (ί, ΙΕχ solution,). Add about 5.4 grams of _06F glass to the ion exchange solution (π glass/ion exchange mixture). "Measure the positive value of the glass/ion exchange mixture. Add about 29.8 Wt·% continuously as needed. Ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η), the value of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (in this example, the 2ρ Η value was approximately ι〇ι). The glass/rhodium mixture was transferred into a 4 liter glass beaker container. And placed on a hot plate. The container was mechanically stirred in an oven for 591 for 2 hours. After 70% of the ion exchange treatment, the glass %/ion parent exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 丨 filter paper, and a filter cake was obtained. Remix it with about 3 liters of dilute NH4〇H solution and filter again. Repeat the two steps of remixing/i filtering. The diluted 〇4〇ί^8 solution is made by adding 10 gram of 29·8 wt·% thick The leg 4 is discharged from the liquid and mixed with about 3 8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample is dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 100 C. In the second step, the ion exchange glass sample is subjected to reduction treatment, wherein Ion exchange - glass #品在氢(η2) A gas atmosphere having a flow rate of 2 L/hr and a reduction of 3 Torr at a temperature of rc for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a palladium concentration of about 〇.〇35 _ %. Splash by xps The depth profile method (described below) was used for sample analysis, as shown in Figure 2 of 126422.doc-78-200843852. The results show that the thickness of the region present by the method is approximately 15 nm. 18 A-06F Glass is obtained from A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of approximately 500-600 nm. The first step is for a sample of A-06F glass that is received as received and not calcined. Acid immersion treatment: Place about 50 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 90 °C for 2 hours. Shake it by hand for 30 minutes. After the acid leaching process, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper and rinsed with approximately 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then 'at a temperature of 110 ° C, The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours. The second step was to acid. The immersed eight_0617 glass sample was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 3 liters of a 0.001 wt.% palladium solution was prepared using palladium hydroxide (p3(NH3W(〇H)2) for ion exchange (" ΙΕχ solution,,). Add 10 grams of A-06F glass to the ion exchange solution (, glass/ion exchange mixture). i / then glass / ion parent exchange mixture only. As needed, continuously add about 29.8 wt,% ammonium hydroxide (NH4〇H), the pH of the mixture was adjusted to greater than 10 (in this example, the ipH value was about Η) 5). Transfer the glass/ion exchange mixture to a 4 liter plastic wide mouthpiece. Place the plastic container in a 5 (TC ventilated oven for two hours, shaking it slightly by hand every (10) minutes. After the ion exchange treatment is completed, use a cloth with: Whatman (4) filter paper with a bucket (4), a face/material exchange mixture and 126422. Doc -79- 200843852 Get the filter cake, remix it with about 3 liters of dilute NH4〇H solution and then repeat the two steps of remixing/filtering. Dilute νη4οιι solution is hunted by 2 gram of 2 gram The wt%mNH4〇I^S solution was prepared by mixing with about 3·8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried at 110 ° C for 22 hours. The second step was to reduce the ion exchange glass sample. Treatment, in which the ion father replaces the glass first in an air atmosphere with an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 3 Torr, and then burns X for 2 hours, and then at a hydrogen (out) flow rate of 2 (H2) gas. Gas and reduction at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 59. Sample analysis was performed by XPS sputtering depth profile (described below), such as As shown in Figure 2, the results indicate that it is detected by the method. The thickness of the region where a large amount of palladium is present is about 15 nm. Example 19 A-06F glass fiber was obtained from Lauscha Fiber International, and A-06F glass fiber having an average weight of about 500-600 nm was obtained. For the acid leaching treatment of the A-06F glass sample received as received and not calcined. About 8.43 grams of A-06F glass and L5 liters of 5 5 wt% of nitric acid were placed in a 2 liter glass beaker and used. The stainless steel purple mixer was mechanically dispensed at a speed of 300 to 500 rpm at 22 ° C for 3 〇 8. After the acid leaching treatment, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 paper, and used approximately 7 · 6 Literated deionized water cleaning. Miao, 126422.doc -80 - 200843852 The second sample was dried for 22 hours at UG ° C. The first v was subjected to acid leaching of A-06F glass samples. Ion exchange treatment In this μ case, a palladium solution of 5 〇〇 wt wt wt 1 wt.% was prepared using ion dihydrogen tetraamine palladium [pd(NH3)4](〇H) 2 for ion exchange (, , ΐΕχ solution"). Add 4.2 metric gram glass to the ion exchange solution (&quot;glass/ion exchange In the case of mixing the mixture, the value of the glass/ion parent is changed. If necessary, wt.〇/〇^A^,b|,(NH4〇H), the pH value of the substance is up to more than 1〇 ( In the present example, the pH obtained was approximately ΐ〇·2). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a beaker of liters and stirred at a temperature of 5 °C for 2 hours. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper, and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion-exchanged glass sample was dried at u (rc temperature for 22 hours. In the second step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the ion-exchanged glass was first placed in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 2 L/hr and 3 Torr. The mixture was calcined at a temperature of 2 hours, and then reduced at a hydrogen gas flow rate of 2 centimeters of hydrogen (8) at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a palladium concentration of about 57. / Example 20 A-06F glass on the surface A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of about 500-600 nm is known. First, for the A_〇6F glass sample received as received and uncalcined, 126422.doc • 81 - 200843852 仃 acid leaching treatment. It will be about 3 ounces of A_〇6F glass and 4 liters of 55 wt. / ❶ 硝 酸 酸 Each is placed in a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 90 C ventilated oven for 2 hours, and shaken slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the essay/process, the sample was filtered using a Brinell filter with Whatman filter paper and rinsed with approximately 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 1 μC. The second step is to carry out ion exchange treatment on the acid-impregnated A_〇6F glass. In this example, 3 liters of 0.01 wt.% is prepared using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2. Platinum solution is used for ion exchange (&quot;ΙΕχsolution&quot;). Add Η" grams of acid-impregnated A-06F glass to the ion exchange solution (,, glass / ion exchange mixture). Measure the value of the glass / ion exchange mixture? 11 as needed, continuously add about 29.8 wt .% ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η), the pH of the mixture is adjusted to greater than 1 〇 (in this example, the value is about 10.07). The glass / ion exchange mixture is transferred into a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container Place the plastic container in a 5 (rc ventilated oven for two hours. Shake it gently with the hand every 3 minutes. After the ion exchange process is completed, filter it with a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter and paper. The glass/ion exchange mixture was collected and the ion exchange-glass sample was collected and washed with approximately 76 liters of dilute nh4 〇h solution. The dilute NH4 〇h solution was prepared by adding ι〇g μg.% concentrated NH4QH solution to approximately 3.8 liters. The ion-exchanged glass sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of llGt. In the third step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to (iv) original treatment, wherein the sample was subjected to a flow rate of 2 in the wind (Η2). L/hr preparation, 〇nr and reduction at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. 126422.doc -82- 200843852 Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a surface of approximately 〇·33 wt·%, and curvature. Example 21 The average diameter of the surface on the A-06F glass was approximately the A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International at 500-600 nm. The first step was to receive the glass without the satin. The sample was subjected to acid leaching treatment. About 30 g of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5·5 wt% of nitric acid were placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 °C. After an hour, shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the fork is finished, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 丨 filter paper and wash it with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, at a temperature of 110 C The acid leached sample was dried for 22 hours. In the second step, the acid leached A_06F glass was subjected to ion exchange treatment. In the present example, dichlorotetramine _t(NH3)4](cl)2 was used. Prepare 3 liters of 〇·〇1 wt·% platinum solution for ion exchange (ΠΙΕχ solution. • 3 grams of acid-impregnated A-06F glass is added to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange mixture"). Measure the value of the glass/ion exchange mixture by 11. If necessary, add about 40 wt.% continuously. The tetramethylammonium oxide is oxidized, and the pH of the mixture is adjusted to be greater than 1 〇 (the pH value of this (4) is about 2 〇 7). The glass/ion exchange mixture is transferred into a 々 liter plastic wide mouth container. in. The plastic macro ^ j n n. It was placed in a 100 c ventilated oven for 22 hours. Every 30 minutes, the hand is slightly shaken _ τ six sudden, _ ^ month U shakes the lower valley. After the ion exchange treatment is completed, use a Buchner funnel with a Whatman 541 filter paper to filter the glass/ion exchange I26422.doc • 83 - 200843852 and use about 7.6 liters of thin

混合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品 NEUOH溶液清洗。稀NH4〇H^^ 原4小時。The mixture was collected and the ion exchange-glass sample was washed with NEUOH solution. Dilute NH4〇H^^ Original 4 hours.

實例22 A-06F玻璃上之麵 U 4于由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直和約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第步’對於按原樣接收、未經緞燒之A-06F玻璃樣品 進打酸浸處理。將30公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5·5 wt·%之硝 酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於 9〇 C的通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541攄紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在ii〇°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中,使用二氣四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公 升〇.〇1 wt·%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(”IEX溶液”)。將21公 克經酸浸之A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(”玻璃/離子交 126422.doc -84- 200843852 換混合物&quot;)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之_。根據兩 要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%之氫氧化銨(nh4〇h),將: 混合物之PH值㈣至大於1G(在本實射,得収邱值^ 為1〇.38)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入仪升的塑膠廣口 容器。將該塑膠容器置於10(rc之通風烘箱内22小時。每 3〇分鐘用手mm下容器。離子交換處理完成之後, 使用帶有—541渡紙之布氏漏斗過瀘玻璃/離子交換 混合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約76公升的稀 nH4〇h溶液清洗。稀NH4〇h溶液係藉由将1〇公克之298 wt.%濃NH4〇H溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在110 C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中樣品 在氫氣(H2)流速為2 L/hr之氫氣氣氛及3〇〇〇c的溫度下還原 4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇·71 wt %之鉑濃 度。 實例23 A-06F玻璃上之鈀及銅 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 首先’對於按原樣接收、未經锻燒之A _ 〇 6 F玻璃樣品進 行酸浸處理。將15公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5 wt·%之破酸 各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置於9〇 C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每3 0分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。 126422.doc -85- 200843852 酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布 冲氏漏 斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升去離子水清洗。然後,在 11 〇 C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行雙重離子六換 處理。在本實例中,使用3公升0.0005 wt.%總金屬溶液 進行雙重離子交換(”雙重離子交換溶液”)。雙重離子交換 溶液係藉由混合1·5公升〇·00〇5 wt·%鈀溶液及15公升 r 〇·0005 wt.%銅溶液而製備。在本實例中,使用二氫氧四胺 把製備1 ·5公升〇·〇〇〇5 wt %把溶液,並使用硝酸鋼製備1 5 公升0.0005 wt·%銅溶液。將約14公克A-〇6F玻璃加入雙重 離子交換溶液中(,,玻璃/離子交換混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子 交換混合物之pH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約298 wt·%的氫氧化銨(NH4〇H),將該混合物之pH值調整至大於 1〇(在本實例中,得到2pH值約為1〇.9)。將玻璃/離子交換 此口物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容器。將該塑膠容器置於5〇 ( c之通風烘箱内兩小時,每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。雙 離子父換處理元成之後’使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之 布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/ΙΕχ混合物並且用約7·6公升的稀氫氧 化叙(NEUOH)溶液清洗所收集到之雙重離子交換_玻璃樣 口口。稀NEUOH溶液係藉由将1〇公克之29·8 wt〇/(^NH4〇H 命液與約3·8公升去離子水混合而製備。然後,在1丨〇。〇溫 度下,將雙重離子交換-玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第一步,對雙重離子交換_玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其 中又重離子父換-破璃樣品在氫氣(Η。流速為2 L/hr之氫氣 126422.doc -86 - 200843852 氣氣及3 0 0 C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇19 wt·%之把 濃度及約為0 · 02 wt· %之銅濃度。 實例24 A-06F玻璃上之銀 獲付由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直經約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經緞燒之八-〇61?玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約51公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5.5对.%之 硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 於9(TC之通風烘箱内2小時,且每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在11 0 C之溫度下,將酸浸之樣品22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A_〇6F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中,用硝酸銀製備4公升〇.〇〇1 wt%之銀溶液 用於離子交換(”IEX溶液”)。將1〇公克A_〇6F玻璃加入離子 父換溶液中(,’玻璃/離子交換混合物,,)。量測玻璃/離子交換 混合物之pH值。根據需要,連續逐滴添加約29·8糾%之 氫氧化銨(νΗ4〇η),將該混合物之ρΗ值調整至大於u(在 本實例中,得到之pH值約為lh5)。將玻璃/離子交換混合 物移入4公升的塑膠廣口容器中。將該塑膠容器置於5〇它 之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。離 子父換處理兀成之後,使用帶有Μ 1濾紙之布氏 126422.doc -87 - 200843852 :慮玻璃/離子交換混合物並收集離子交換_玻璃樣 、口口 ^使用約7.6公升之稀肌〇H溶液清洗。稀NH40H溶 液係精由將1G公克之29.8 wt.%濃NKUOH溶液與約3.8公升 去離子水混合而製備。然後,在U(rc溫度下,將離子交 換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中將離Example 22 A-06F glass top surface U4 is an A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average straightness of about 500-600 nm. The first step is to perform acid leaching on the A-06F glass sample received as it is and not satin-burned. 30 g of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5·5 wt·% of nitric acid were placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 9 ° C ventilated oven for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 crepe paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of ii 〇 °C. In the second step, the acid-impregnated A-06F glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In the present example, 3 liters of a platinum solution of 〇.1 wt.% was prepared for ion exchange ("IEX solution") using dioxetamine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2. Add 21 grams of acid-impregnated A-06F glass to the ion exchange solution ("glass/ion exchange 126422.doc -84-200843852 for mixture"). Measure the glass/ion exchange mixture _. According to the two, continuous Add about 29.8 wt.% ammonium hydroxide (nh4〇h) dropwise, and the pH of the mixture (four) to more than 1G (in the actual shot, the value obtained is 1〇.38). Transfer the mixture into the plastic wide-mouth container of the instrument. Place the plastic container in a 10 (rc ventilated oven for 22 hours. Use the container under the hand for 3 minutes. After the ion exchange treatment is completed, use the -541 paper. The Brinell funnel was passed through a glass/ion exchange mixture and an ion exchange-glass sample was collected and washed with a solution of about 76 liters of dilute nH4 〇h. The diluted NH4 〇h solution was 298 wt.% thick by 1 gram. The NH4〇H solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 C. In the third step, the ion exchange glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the sample was in hydrogen gas ( H2) Hydrogen atmosphere with a flow rate of 2 L/hr and 3 Torr Reduction at a temperature of c for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 〇71 wt%. Example 23 Palladium and copper on A-06F glass were obtained from Lauscha Fiber International, with an average diameter of about A-06F glass fiber of 500-600 nm. Firstly, acid immersion treatment is carried out on the A _ 〇6 F glass sample which is received as received and not calcined. 15 g of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt· The % acid is placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 9 ° C ventilated oven for 2 hours and shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. 126422.doc -85- 200843852 After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a cloth with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at a temperature of 11 〇C for 22 hours. In the second step, the acid-leached A-06F glass is subjected to double ion six-shift treatment. In this example, 3 liters of 0.0005 wt.% total metal solution is used for double ion exchange ("double ion exchange solution"). Ion exchange solution Prepared by mixing 1·5 liter 〇·00 〇 5 wt·% palladium solution and 15 liters of r 〇·0005 wt.% copper solution. In this example, 1 5 5 liter 〇·〇 was prepared using dihydro oxytetramine.溶液 5 wt% of the solution and 15 liters of 0.0005 wt.% copper solution were prepared using nitric acid steel. About 14 g of A-〇6F glass was added to the double ion exchange solution (, glass/ion exchange mixture). Measure the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture. About 298 wt.% of ammonium hydroxide (NH 4 〇H) was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 Torr (in this example, 2 pH was about 1 〇.9). The glass/ion exchange was transferred into a 4 liter plastic wide mouth container. Place the plastic container in a ventilated oven at 5 两 for two hours, shaking it slightly by hand every 3 。 minutes. After the double ion parent is replaced by a treatment element, use a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper to filter the glass / The mixture was rubbed and the double ion exchange_glass-like mouth was collected with a solution of about 7.6 liters of dilute hydroxide (NEUOH). The diluted NEUOH solution was obtained by applying 1 〇g to 29·8 wt〇/( ^NH4〇H liquid is prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the double ion exchange-glass sample is dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 1 Torr. First step, for double ion exchange _ The glass sample was subjected to reduction treatment, in which the heavy ion parent-breaking glass sample was reduced in hydrogen gas at a temperature of 2 L/hr of hydrogen 126422.doc -86 - 200843852 gas and 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES yielded a concentration of about 19 wt.% and a copper concentration of about 0. 02 wt. %. Example 24 Silver on A-06F glass was produced by Lauscha Fiber International. A-06F glass fiber with an average straight diameter of about 500-600 nm. Step, for the acid immersion treatment of the eight-〇61? glass sample received as it is, without satin burning. Place about 51 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5.5 pairs of nitric acid in 4 liters of plastic wide mouth. Inside the container, place the plastic container in a 9 (TC ventilated oven for 2 hours, and shake it slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the acid leaching process is completed, filter the sample using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper, and It is washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water, and then the acid is immersed in the sample for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 C. In the second step, the acid-impregnated A_〇6F glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 4 liters of 〇. 〇〇 1 wt% silver solution was prepared using silver nitrate for ion exchange ("IEX solution"). 1 〇g of A_〇6F glass was added to the ion parent exchange solution (, 'glass/ Ion exchange mixture,,). Measure the pH of the glass/ion exchange mixture. Add about 29.8 % of ammonium hydroxide (νΗ4〇η) continuously as needed, and adjust the pH value of the mixture to be larger than u (in this example, the pH obtained is about lh5). The sub-exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven for 5 hours, and shaken by hand every 30 minutes. After the ion father was replaced, the use was carried out. Μ 1 filter paper Brinell 126422.doc -87 - 200843852 : Consider the glass / ion exchange mixture and collect ion exchange _ glass, mouth ^ use about 7.6 liters of thin muscle 〇H solution to clean. The dilute NH40H solution was prepared by mixing 1 Gg of a 29.8 wt.% concentrated NKUOH solution with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. Then, the ion exchange glass sample is dried for 22 hours at U (rc temperature. In the second step, the ion exchange glass sample is subjected to reduction treatment, which will be separated

子又換*璃樣品在氫氣(H2)流速為2乙心之氯氣氣氛及则 °C之溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇 〇53 wt %之銀 濃度。 實例25 A-06F玻璃上之顧 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之八邛砧玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約100公克A-〇6F玻璃及4公升5·5糾〇/。 之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器 置於90 C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃 一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 54 1濾紙之 布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在11 0°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中,使用二氯四胺鉑[Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2製備3公 升0.016\¥1%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(&quot;化乂溶液”)。將48.17 126422.doc -88 - 200843852 公克A-06F玻璃加入離子亦始b +丄 雕于又換洛液中(”玻璃/離子交換混合 物π)。量測玻璃/離子交拖、、日人I ^ 又換此合物之pH值。根據需要,連 績逐滴添加約2 9 · 8 wt %的麫气儿从/ wi·/。的虱虱化銨(NH4〇h),將該混合物 之pH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之阳值約為 10.06)。將玻增/離子父換混合物移人4公升的塑膠廣口容 器。將該歸容器置於5代之通風烘仙兩小時。每30分 鐘用手稍微搖晃-下容器。離子交換處理完成之後,使用 帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混合 物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣品,且使用約76公升之稀 N^OH溶液清洗。稀NH4〇H溶液係藉由将1〇公克之298 wt·。/。濃NH4〇H溶液與約3.8公升去離子水混合而製備。然 後,在110 C溫度下,將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第三步,對離子交換玻璃樣品進行還原處理,其中樣品 在氫氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣(H2)氣氛及500°c的溫度下還原 4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析,得到約為〇147 wt %之鉑 濃度。 實例26 A-06F玻璃上之麵 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之A-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對於按原樣接收、未經煅燒之八-061^玻璃樣品 進行酸浸處理。將約21公克A-06F玻璃及4公升5·5 wt%之 確酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器置 126422.doc •89- 200843852 於90 C之通風烘箱内2小時,每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一 下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有whatman 541濾紙之布 氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約入6公升去離子水清洗。然 後,在11 0 C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 第一步,對經酸浸處理之A-06F玻璃進行離子交換處 理。在本實例中,使用二氣四胺鉑製備4公 升0.02 wt·%之鉑溶液用於離子交換(,,ΙΕχ溶液π)。將約21 公克經酸浸之A-06F玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(,,玻璃/離子 又換奶〇物)。$測玻璃/離子交換混合物之口^^值。根據 需要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt·%的氫氧化銨(ΝΗ4〇Η),將 該混合物之pH值調整至大於1〇(在本實例中,得到之?11值 約為10.90)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升的塑膠廣 口容器。將該塑膠容器置於1〇〇。。之通風烘箱内22小時, 每30分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。舱 尤卜離子父換處理完成之後,使 用帶有Whatman 54 1減够夕太江、p、丨、„上 心A之布氏漏斗過濾玻璃/離子交換混 合物並收集離子交換-玻璃择η 敬肖樣品,且使用約7·6公升之稀 ΝΗ4〇Η溶液清洗。稀Νϋ4〇Η、、&amp;、为及#丄 合液係精由將10公克之29.8 wt·%濃NH40H溶液與約3.8公料離子水混合而製備。然 後’在110 C溫度下’將離子交換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步’對離子交換玻璃揭〇 w 肖樣叩進仃逛原處理,樣品在氫 氣流速為2 L/hr之氫氣(η2)氧焉芬 叭礼矶及300 C的溫度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析 刀啊’仔到約為0.67 wt·%之鉑濃 度。 實例27 126422.doc -90- 200843852 未浸出E-06F玻璃上之把 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產,平均直徑約為 500-600奈米之E-06F玻璃纖維。 第一步,對未浸出E-06F玻璃樣品進行離子交換處理。 在本實例中,使用二氳氧四胺鈀[Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2製備2公 升0.00008 wt.%之把溶液用於離子交換(&quot;ΐΕχ溶液&quot;)。將 15.45公克£-06?玻璃加入離子交換溶液中(&quot;玻璃/離子交換 混合物”)。量測玻璃/離子交換混合物之?11值。根據需 要,連續逐滴添加約29.8 wt.%的氫氧化銨(NH4〇h),將該 混合物之PH值調整至大於10(在本實例中,得到之阳值約 為1〇_99)。將玻璃/離子交換混合物移入4公升之塑膠廣口 容器中。將該塑膠容器置於5(rc之通風烘箱内兩小時。每 30分鐘用手稍微搖晃-下容器。離子交換處理完成之後, 使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗 叩八/局+過濾玻璃/離子交換 混合物並收集離子交換-玻璃樣口 两像口口且使用約7.6公升之稀 ί NH4OH溶液清洗。稀NH4〇H溶饬仫竑丄 4 ,合,夜係猎由將10公克之29.8 wt·%濃NH4OH溶液與約3.8公井丰雛工b a开舌離子水混合而製備。然 後,在110 C溫度下,將離子交拖姑鱼 丁又換玻璃樣品乾燥22小時。 第二步,對離子交換玻璃樣致 伐口口進仃延原處理,其中將離The glass was again subjected to a hydrogen gas (H2) flow rate of 2 in a chlorine atmosphere and at a temperature of ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a silver concentration of about 53 wt%. Example 25 A-06F glass fiber A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International having an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. In the first step, acid immersion treatment is performed on the uncut calcined gossip glass sample as received. Will be about 100 grams of A-〇6F glass and 4 liters of 5·5 〇 〇. The nitric acid is placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 90 C ventilated oven for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 54 1 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the second step, the acid-impregnated A-06F glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In this example, 3 liters of 0.016\¥1% platinum solution was prepared for the ion exchange (&quot;chemical solution) using tetrachlorotetramine platinum [Pt(NH3)4](Cl)2. Will be 48.17 126422. Doc -88 - 200843852 The addition of ions to the A-06F glass is also b + 丄 丄 又 又 又 又 ” ” (" glass / ion exchange mixture π). Measure the glass/ion exchange, and the human I ^ and change the pH of the compound. According to the need, the succession added about 2 9 · 8 wt % of helium from / wi · /. Ammonium telluride (NH4〇h), the pH of the mixture was adjusted to greater than 10 (in this example, the positive value was about 10.06). Transfer the glass-enhanced/ion parent-changing mixture to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The container was placed in a 5th generation ventilated oven for two hours. Shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes - lower container. After the ion exchange treatment was completed, the glass/ion exchange mixture was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and the ion exchange-glass sample was collected and washed with about 76 liters of a dilute N^OH solution. The dilute NH4〇H solution was obtained by using 298 wt· of 1 gram. /. A concentrated NH4〇H solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 liters of deionized water. The ion exchange glass samples were then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 C. In the third step, the ion-exchanged glass sample was subjected to a reduction treatment in which the sample was reduced in a hydrogen (H2) atmosphere at a hydrogen flow rate of 2 L/hr and at a temperature of 500 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES gave a platinum concentration of about 147 wt%. Example 26 A-06F glass top surface A-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International having an average diameter of about 500-600 nm was obtained. In the first step, the eight-061^ glass sample received as it is and not calcined is subjected to acid leaching. Approximately 21 grams of A-06F glass and 4 liters of 5·5 wt% of the acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in 126422.doc •89- 200843852 for 2 hours in a 90 C ventilated oven and shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 110 °C. In the first step, the acid-impregnated A-06F glass is subjected to ion exchange treatment. In the present example, 4 liters of a 0.02 wt% platinum solution was prepared for ion exchange (, ΙΕχ solution π) using dioxetamine platinum. Approximately 21 grams of acid leached A-06F glass was added to the ion exchange solution (, glass/ion and milk exchange). $ Measure the mouth of the glass / ion exchange mixture ^ ^ value. About 29.8 wt.% of ammonium hydroxide (ΝΗ4〇Η) was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 1 Torr (in this example, the ?11 value was about 10.90). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container at 1 inch. . In the ventilated oven for 22 hours, shake it slightly with your hands every 30 minutes. After the completion of the treatment of the tank, the use of Whatman 54 1 minus the yue Taijiang, p, 丨, „heart A Buchner funnel filter glass / ion exchange mixture and collect ion exchange - glass choose η Jing Xiao The sample was cleaned with a solution of about 7·6 liters of dilute 〇Η4〇Η. The dilute 〇Η4〇Η,, &, and #丄合液系精精为10克克29.8 wt·% concentrated NH40H solution with about 3.8 The ionized water was mixed and prepared. Then, the ion exchange glass sample was dried for 22 hours at 110 C. The second step was to uncover the ion exchange glass, and the sample flow rate was 2 at the hydrogen flow rate. L/hr hydrogen (η2) Oxygen Hydrazine and reduction at 300 C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES was carried out to a platinum concentration of approximately 0.67 wt·%. Example 27 126422 .doc -90- 200843852 Unleached E-06F glass with E-06F glass fiber produced by Lauscha Fiber International with an average diameter of approximately 500-600 nm. First step, unleached E-06F glass sample Ion exchange treatment is carried out. In this example, dioxetane tetraamine palladium is used. [Pd(NH3)4](〇H)2 Prepare 2 liters of 0.00008 wt.% solution for ion exchange (&quot;ΐΕχsolution&quot;). Add 15.45 g of £-06? glass to the ion exchange solution (&quot ; glass / ion exchange mixture"). Measuring glass/ion exchange mixture? 11 values. About 29.8 wt.% of ammonium hydroxide (NH 4 〇 h) was added dropwise as needed, and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to be greater than 10 (in this example, the positive value was about 1 〇 99). The glass/ion exchange mixture was transferred to a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. Place the plastic container in a 5 (rc ventilated oven for two hours. Shake it slightly by hand every 30 minutes - under the container. After ion exchange treatment, use a Brinell funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper 叩8/office + filter glass / Ion exchange mixture and collect ion exchange - glass sample port two mouths and use about 7.6 liters of ί NH4OH solution to clean. Dilute NH4 〇 H dissolved , 4, combined, night hunting by 10 grams of 29.8 The wt·% concentrated NH4OH solution was prepared by mixing with about 3.8 wells of Fengchugongba open-mouth ion water. Then, at 110 C, the ion-crossing fish was changed to a glass sample and dried for 22 hours. Ion-exchange glass-like cutting mouth into the original processing, which will leave

子交換玻璃在氫氣(H2)流速為2 L/h A h之虱軋氣氛及300°C溫 度下還原4小時。 藉由ICP-AES進行樣品分析, 、曲 、】、、、勺為〇 · 014 wt · %之I巴 ί辰度0 實例CH. 126422.doc -91 - 200843852 分析方法re/XPS濺射,SARCNa, 荨電點(IEP)及 S· A.N2-BET 或 S· A.Kr-BET 測定 X射線光電子光譜學(XPS)濺射深度分布法 使用帶有1486.7 eV微聚焦單色化之Α1 Κα X射線源之 PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA Microprobe™(Physical Electronics公司)獲得xps濺射深度分布圖。在此儀器中, 在光。日採木過私中利用低能電子及陽離子提供電荷補償的 雙中和能力為標準的。 XPS缙通常在以下條件下測得: -X射線束直徑1〇_2〇〇 μηι -X射線束功率2-40 W -樣品分析區10-200 μιη -電子發射角度與樣品法線呈45。 口所= XPS譜及減射深度分布圖均在室溫下記錄,不對樣 »口進盯預4王里’但例外為將樣品引入XPS儀器真空環境中 藉由交替幾個週期之樣品表面光譜採集,’然後在每個週 =樣品表面進行15錢秒之2kvAr+濺射以清除表面材 料來生成賤射深度分布圖。使 用 層已知厚度之石夕薄膜仿 準濺射深度速率。 /辱膜枚 藉由取Pd 3d3,2及Si 2p之峰 P心今面積亚針對其各自之 敏度因數及分析儀傳輸函數進 &quot; $ Hf ^ 仃乜正獲侍圖1及2所示的Pd 及S1原子濃度值。 热悉XPS分析技術者應瞭解 ,賤射/衣度參數之測定既受 126422.doc -92- 200843852 人為疾差亦受機械誤差之影響,兩者結合可能會對由xps ’賤射味度分布技術測定之濺射深度的每個報告值造成約 25/〇之不確定度。因此,這種不確定度表現在圖1及2所示 之深度值上。這種不精確在整個Xps分析技術中都很普 遍’然而,對於在本文所揭示之催化活性區域的平均厚度 及其他材料屬性來說,這種不精確不足以妨礙對本文所述 之觸媒組合物進行區分,亦不會影響該等組合物與其他未 在本文描述及主張的組合物進行區分。 透射電子顯微鏡(TEM)分析法 透射電子顯微鏡(TEM)樣品檢測係使用在3〇〇 kV加速電 壓下工作之JEOL 3000F場發射掃描透射電子顯微鏡 (STEM)儀器。該儀器裝備有牛津儀器公司(Oxford Instruments)之lnca X射線光譜儀系統,使用能量色散光譜 儀執行局部化學分析。 樣品之製備首先將樣品材料嵌入熟悉TEM分析技術者所 知的標準環氧包埋劑中。固化後,使用超薄切片機將環氧 包埋之樣品材料切割產生約8 〇奈米厚的切片。將切片收集 在薄膜有孔碳載體上,且不需要進一步加工,適當定位於 上述STEM儀器之電子束場中,以供檢測及分析。 熟悉TEM分析技術者應瞭解,使用TEM分析方法測定目 標分析物之位置及相關區域相對於基質表面的平均厚度既 受人為誤差的影響,亦受機械誤差之影響,取決於樣品之 圖像解析度、目標分析物之物理化學特性及樣品形態等因 素’可能會造成約±20%的TEM垂直深度量測結果(相對於 126422.doc -93- 200843852 某個具體參照點)不確定度及約±5%之側位量測結果(相對 於某個具體參照點)不確定度。因&amp;,這種不#定度表現 在測得之催化成分相對於樣品基質表 精確在整個TEM分析過程中都很普遍 媒組合物之間的區分。 面的距離上。這種不 ’但並不足以妨礙觸 SARCi測定、SARCi空樣及相關統計分析 f 由於以上4响之原因’納之表面積變化率(,3尬^,,)報 告為Na〇H滴定液體積的比率。 口根據上述SARC心程序,測定以下實例中規定之每個樣 口口之SARC勤。藉由製備3·5Μ NaC1溶液(亦即在⑽毫升去 離子水中加入30公克NaC1)製備一份空樣,其不含基質樣 品。然而,為了解決實驗程序中之統計上的變異 性’應滴定四份獨立的空樣,且使用獲得^及〜15(亦 W )所用之规疋濃度(本實例中為0.01 N)滴定量平 姆調整(亦即修正)各基質樣品sar以測定所使用之滴 &gt; T*體積根據與上述sARC&amp;測定相同之程序調整空樣 pH值並滴定空樣,但同樣不含基質。 、、下提ί、之各空樣執行及其各自之平均值及標準偏差 (或V總的σ )分析測試結果表格中報告空樣滴定量的統計分 旦5 ’篆亦報告了由於各自V總所引起之相應於各滴定 5 V10及Vl5的固有統計上之波動。自統計學的角 度’使用統計t公;#τ,+ 了 、 在平均值附近,所指定之信賴區間 以外的數值可貪B、, 由、 #亚非源於實驗方法自身固有偏差的確定 度達到9 5 %。所以,姐 對於工樣平均值附近信賴區間内之基 126422.doc -94- 200843852 質樣品測得的v初及vt值被視為在統計學上與空樣沒有差 別。因此,此類樣品不計算SARCw值。 等電點(IEP)測定 根據以下程序測定下面給定之各樣品的等電點(&quot;IEP”)。The sub-exchange glass was reduced in a rolling atmosphere at a hydrogen (H2) flow rate of 2 L/h A h and at a temperature of 300 ° C for 4 hours. Sample analysis by ICP-AES, 曲, 、, 、, spoon is 〇· 014 wt · % I 巴 辰 辰 0 Example CH. 126422.doc -91 - 200843852 Analytical method re/XPS sputtering, SARCNa , Xenon point (IEP) and S·A.N2-BET or S·A.Kr-BET determination X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) sputter depth distribution method using 1486.7 eV microfocus monochromator Α1 Κα X-ray source PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA MicroprobeTM (Physical Electronics) obtained an xps sputtering depth profile. In this instrument, in the light. The double neutralization capacity of the low-energy electrons and cations to provide charge compensation is standard in the daily mining. XPS缙 is usually measured under the following conditions: - X-ray beam diameter 1 〇 2 〇〇 μηι - X-ray beam power 2-40 W - Sample analysis area 10-200 μη - The electron emission angle is 45 with the sample normal. The mouth area = XPS spectrum and the attenuation depth distribution map are recorded at room temperature. The sample is not included in the sample. The exception is to introduce the sample into the XPS instrument vacuum environment by alternating several cycles of the sample surface spectrum. Acquisition, 'then 2kvAr+ sputtering for 15 msec on each week = sample surface to remove surface material to generate a radiant depth profile. The depth of sputtering is simulated using a layer of known thickness of the stone. / Insult film by taking Pd 3d3, 2 and Si 2p peak P heart area for their respective sensitivity factors and analyzer transfer function into "$ Hf ^ 仃乜 is shown in Figures 1 and 2 Pd and S1 atomic concentration values. Those who are familiar with XPS analysis should understand that the measurement of the 贱/衣度 parameter is affected by the mechanical error of 126422.doc -92- 200843852, and the combination of the two may be caused by the xps 'spray taste distribution. Each reported value of the sputter depth determined by the technique results in an uncertainty of about 25/〇. Therefore, this uncertainty is expressed in the depth values shown in Figs. This inaccuracy is common throughout the Xps analysis technique. However, for the average thickness and other material properties of the catalytically active regions disclosed herein, this inaccuracy is not sufficient to hinder the combination of catalysts described herein. Distinguishing the matter does not affect the differentiation of the compositions from other compositions not described and claimed herein. Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) Analysis Transmission electron microscopy (TEM) sample detection was performed using a JEOL 3000F field emission scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) instrument operating at 3 〇〇 kV accelerating voltage. The instrument is equipped with an lnca X-ray spectrometer system from Oxford Instruments, which performs a local chemical analysis using an energy dispersive spectrometer. Sample Preparation The sample material is first embedded in a standard epoxy embedding agent known to those skilled in TEM analysis. After curing, the epoxy-embedded sample material was cut using an ultra-thin microtome to produce a slice of about 8 Å nanometers thick. The sections were collected on a thin-film carbon carrier and were not further processed and properly positioned in the electron beam field of the above STEM instrument for detection and analysis. Those familiar with TEM analysis techniques should be aware that the use of TEM analysis to determine the position of the target analyte and the average thickness of the relevant region relative to the surface of the substrate are both subject to human error and mechanical errors, depending on the image resolution of the sample. Factors such as the physicochemical properties of the target analyte and the sample morphology may cause an uncertainty of about ±20% of the TEM vertical depth measurement (relative to a specific reference point of 126422.doc -93- 200843852) and about ± 5% of the lateral measurement results (relative to a specific reference point) uncertainty. Because of &amp;, this non-metric performance is distinguished between the measured composition and the sample matrix. The distinction between the media compositions is common throughout the TEM analysis. The distance of the face. This is not 'but not enough to prevent the touch SARCi measurement, SARCi empty sample and related statistical analysis f. Due to the above 4 ringing reasons, the surface area change rate (, 3尬^,,) is reported as the volume of Na〇H titrant. ratio. According to the above SARC cardiac program, the SARC service of each sample port specified in the following examples was determined. An empty sample was prepared by preparing a 3.5 Μ NaC1 solution (i.e., adding 30 gram of NaC1 in (10) ml of deionized water), which contained no matrix sample. However, in order to solve the statistical variability in the experimental procedure, four independent empty samples should be titrated, and the concentration used to obtain ^ and ~15 (also W) (0.01 N in this example) titration Each matrix sample sar was adjusted (i.e., corrected) to determine the drop used. T* volume The empty sample pH was adjusted according to the same procedure as the above sARC&amp; assay, and the empty sample was titrated, but also contained no matrix. , and the calculation of each sample and their respective mean and standard deviation (or V total σ) analysis test results in the table to report the statistics of the empty sample titer 5 '篆 also reported due to their respective V The overall statistical fluctuations corresponding to the respective titrations 5 V10 and Vl5. From the statistical point of view 'use statistics t public; #τ, +, near the average, the value outside the specified confidence interval can be greedy B,, by, #亚非 derived from the inherent deviation of the experimental method itself Up to 95%. Therefore, the v-initial and vt values measured by the sister in the confidence interval near the mean value of the sample are considered to be statistically different from the empty samples. Therefore, such samples do not calculate the SARCw value. Isoelectric Point (IEP) Measurement The isoelectric point (&quot;IEP" of each sample given below was determined according to the following procedure.

使用帶pH mv/ORP模組之Mettler Toledo SevenMulti表,配 合Mettler Toledo INLAB 413 pH複合電極進行ΙΕρ量測。在 整個相關IEP範圍内,利用pH值為2、4、7及10的標準pH 值緩衝溶液校準儀錶。藉由使用足以使樣品達到初濕狀態 之一定量16 ΜΩ去離子水(在約25°C下)潤濕樣品,測定每 份樣品的IEP,這樣可以產生比較濃厚之漿狀或糊狀混合 物。而這種初濕狀態可以使玻璃電極及其參考電極觸面與 接觸受測固體樣品的液體(在本實例中為漿狀或糊狀混合 物)之間達成液體接觸。根據樣品之形態(例如破璃微纖 維、粒狀粉末、切短纖維等)及其多孔性(若有)程度,該程 序需要不同之水量。但在所有情況下,添加之水量應該僅 僅足以使充分的液體與玻璃電極及參考電極觸面接觸。換 句話說,對受測樣品加水應該儘可能避免使樣品超過初濕 狀態。在所有情況下使用電極端,用手將固體樣品與絲 子水(添加用於產生初濕)混合,直至測得之pH值穩定,然 後自儀錶讀取所得pH值。 I BET或Kr βΕΤ表面積(S.A.)測定 根據以上提及之ASTM程序,對以下給定之每份樣口適 當進行S.A.N2_BET或S.A.Kr-BET測定。如根據以上更充分t 討論,對於較高的表面積量測值(例如約3至6 :之 g),按照 126422.doc -95- 200843852 ASTM D3663-03所述之方法,N2 BET很可能為較佳的表面 積量測技術。而對於較低的表面積量測值(例如3 m2/g),按照 ASTM D4780-95(’’S_A.〇_Mrf’)所述之方法,心 BET可能為較佳的表面積量測技術。 用於修正SARCNJ^定值之SARCNaS樣量測及統計分才斤 樣品號 稀 NaOH 滴定液 濃度(N) S.A.N2- ΒΕΤ (m2/g) 在NaOH滴定中,用於使pH值在 自4.0之初始值調整至9.0,並在t5、t10及 t15(V5M5)時將pH值保持在9.0所需之 滴定液體積(毫升) V總= ν初〜ls V初 0分鐘 Vs 5分鐘 Vio 10分鐘 Vis 15分鐘 Vs,15 之和 空樣A 0.01 不適用 1.5 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.6 空樣B 0.01 不適用 2.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 空樣C 0.01 不適用 2.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 空樣D 0.01 不適用 2.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 空樣 平均值 0·01 不適用 2.075 0.15 0.125 0.15 空樣標準 偏差 0.01 不適用 0.3947 0.1 0.05 0.0577 ^2708^ 空樣95% 信賴區間 1.45-2.70 實例CH-2 E 玻璃-SARCNa 獲得由 Lauscha Fiber International 生產之E-06F破ί离樣 品,即平均直徑為500至600奈米之玻璃纖維。 樣品A -1為按原樣接收之E玻璃樣品’而A - 2為經由圾择 但未經浸出製備之按原樣接收的E玻璃。樣品A -1及八_2, 非浸出E玻璃樣品進行烺燒熱處理。在該處理過程中,非 浸出E玻璃在空氣流速為1公升/小時之空氣氣氛及6〇〇°e的 溫度下锻燒4小時。 藉由對按原樣接收之非煅燒E玻璃進行酸浸處理製備比 126422.doc -96- 200843852 較樣品Comp-B。對於比較樣品Comp-B,將約15公克E-玻 璃及1.5公升9 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器 内。將該塑膠容器置於95 °C之通風烘箱内4小時,且每 分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升 去離子水清洗。然後,在110°C之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣 品乾燥22小時。 藉由上述用於測定SARC-之分析方法對樣品A-1、A-2 及Comp-B進行分析。結果如下表所示。 樣品號 樣品 描述 稀 NaOH 滴定液濃度 在NaOH滴定中,用於使pH值在t0(V* 之初始值調整至9.0,並在t5、劬及^5彳 將pH值保持在9.0所需之滴定液實際韻 ,)時自4·〇 [V5至15)時 t 積 — — (N) V初 0分鐘 v5 5分鐘 Vi〇 10分鐘 Vis I 15分鐘 V總 vw初 ==^================^ 空樣 空樣平均值1 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 不连星__ A-1 按原樣接收之 E-06F 0.01 20.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 21.7 1.2 A-2 煅燒E-06F 0.1 0.7 0 0.1 0 0.8 0.1 Comp-B 浸出E-06F 0.1 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 3.2__ 樣品號 — 丨丨 — 樣品 描述 S.A.N2-BET 用於SARCa^則定中之滴定液體積 (毫升)Λ__ SARQva (V總-V初)/ V初 — P不適用 ΙΕΡ (m2/g) V初 0分鐘 v5 5分鐘 Vio 10分鐘 Vis 15分鐘 V total 一 空樣 空樣平 不適 用 不適用 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 ------- 修正之A-1 ^ J I-H. 按原樣 接收之 8.9 2.7 18.4 0.35 0.25 0.15 19.2 0.04 未修正之 A-2* iZ/^uor E-06F &lt;7 0.7 0 0.1 0 0.8 〈〜0.2* 未修正之 Comp-B* 浸出Ε-06F —~.—一 4.1 ^-―^1 161 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 〈〜0.2* 126422.doc -97- 200843852 *因為空樣修正值係使用0.01 N之NaOH滴定液濃度獲得, 而非等特殊樣品SARCw分析所使用之〇1 N NaOH滴定 液’所以空樣滴定不用於修正該樣品滴定。 實例CH-3 AR 玻璃-SARCNaA Mettler Toledo SevenMulti meter with a pH mv/ORP module was used with a Mettler Toledo INLAB 413 pH composite electrode for ΙΕρ measurement. Calibrate the meter with standard pH buffer solutions at pH 2, 4, 7, and 10 throughout the relevant IEP. The IEP of each sample is determined by wetting the sample with 16 ΜΩ deionized water (at about 25 ° C), one of which is sufficient to bring the sample to its incipient state, which results in a relatively thick slurry or paste mixture. This incipient wet state allows liquid contact between the glass electrode and its reference electrode contact surface and the liquid (in this example, a slurry or paste mixture) that contacts the solid sample under test. Depending on the form of the sample (e.g., glass microfibers, granulated powder, chopped fibers, etc.) and its porosity (if any), the process requires a different amount of water. In all cases, however, the amount of water added should be sufficient to allow sufficient liquid to contact the glass electrode and the reference electrode. In other words, adding water to the sample to be tested should avoid making the sample exceed the initial humidity as much as possible. In all cases, the electrode tip was used and the solid sample was mixed by hand with silk water (added for generating incipient wetness) until the measured pH was stable, and the resulting pH was read from the meter. I BET or Kr βΕΤ Surface Area (S.A.) Measurement According to the ASTM procedure mentioned above, the S.A.N2_BET or S.A.Kr-BET assay is suitably performed for each of the samples given below. As discussed more fully above, for higher surface area measurements (eg, about 3 to 6: g), N2 BET is likely to be compared to the method described in 126422.doc -95-200843852 ASTM D3663-03 Good surface area measurement technology. For lower surface area measurements (e.g., 3 m2/g), core BET may be a preferred surface area measurement technique in accordance with the method described in ASTM D4780-95 (''S_A.〇_Mrf'). SARCNaS sample measurement and statistic for correction of SARCNJ^ value. Sample size Dilute NaOH Titration concentration (N) SAN2- ΒΕΤ (m2/g) In NaOH titration, used to make the pH value from 4.0 The initial value is adjusted to 9.0, and the titration volume (ml) required to maintain the pH at 9.0 at t5, t10 and t15 (V5M5) V total = ν initial ~ ls V initial 0 minutes Vs 5 minutes Vio 10 minutes Vis 15 minutes Vs, 15 sum and empty sample A 0.01 Not applicable 1.5 0.3 0.1 0.2 0.6 Empty sample B 0.01 Not applicable 2.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 Empty sample C 0.01 Not applicable 2.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 Empty sample D 0.01 Not applicable 2.2 0.1 0.2 0.1 Empty sample Average 0·01 Not applicable 2.075 0.15 0.125 0.15 Empty sample standard deviation 0.01 Not applicable 0.3947 0.1 0.05 0.0577 ^2708^ Empty sample 95% Trust interval 1.45-2.70 Example CH-2 E Glass-SARCNa Obtained E produced by Lauscha Fiber International -06F breaks away from the sample, ie glass fibers with an average diameter of 500 to 600 nm. Sample A-1 was an E glass sample received as received, and A-2 was an E glass that was received as it was prepared but not leached. Samples A -1 and 八_2, non-leached E glass samples were subjected to heat treatment. During this treatment, the non-leached E glass was calcined for 4 hours at an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 liter/hour and a temperature of 6 Torr. The ratio of 126422.doc-96-200843852 was compared with the sample Comp-B by acid immersion treatment of the non-calcined E glass received as received. For the comparative sample Comp-B, about 15 g of E-glass and 1.5 liters of 9 wt.% of nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 95 °C for 4 hours and shaken slightly by hand per minute. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. Samples A-1, A-2 and Comp-B were analyzed by the above-described analytical method for determining SARC-. The results are shown in the table below. Sample No. Sample Describes the concentration of dilute NaOH titrant in NaOH titration, used to adjust the pH to t0 (the initial value of V* is adjusted to 9.0, and the titration required to maintain the pH at 9.0 at t5, 劬 and 彳5彳) The actual rhyme of the liquid,) from the time of 4·〇[V5 to 15) t product—(N) V first 0 minutes v5 5 minutes Vi〇10 minutes Vis I 15 minutes V total vw early ==^===== ===========^ The average value of the empty sample 1 0.01 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 Not connected to the star __ A-1 Received as it is E-06F 0.01 20.5 0.5 0.4 0.3 21.7 1.2 A-2 Calcination E-06F 0.1 0.7 0 0.1 0 0.8 0.1 Comp-B Leach E-06F 0.1 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 3.2__ Sample No. - 丨丨 - Sample Description SAN2-BET For SARCa^, the volume of titration solution (ml) Λ__ SARQva (V total - V initial) / V initial - P not applicable ΙΕΡ (m2 / g) V initial 0 minutes v5 5 minutes Vio 10 minutes Vis 15 minutes V total An empty sample is not applicable Not applicable 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 ------- Amendment A-1 ^ J IH. Received as received 8.9 2.7 18.4 0.35 0.25 0.15 19.2 0.04 Uncorrected A-2* iZ/^uor E-06F &lt;7 0.7 0 0.1 0 0.8 〈~0.2* Uncorrected Comp-B * Leaching Ε-06F —~.—a 4.1 ^--^1 161 22.6 1.9 0.9 0.4 25.8 <~0.2* 126422.doc -97- 200843852 *Because the empty sample correction value is obtained using 0.01 N NaOH titrant concentration, Instead of waiting for the special sample SARCw analysis, the 〇1 N NaOH titration solution' is therefore not used to correct the sample titration. Example CH-3 AR Glass - SARCNa

獲得由 Saint-Gobain Vetrotex 生產之 AR 玻璃 Cem-FILAcquired AR glass by Saint-Gobain Vetrotex Cem-FIL

Ant卜Crak TM HD樣品,即平均直徑約為約17至2〇微米之玻 璃纖維。在本實例中,該玻璃用於樣品A、b及c。 獲得如由 Nippon Electric Glass生產之 ARG 6S-750 玻璃 樣品’即平均直徑約為13微米之玻璃纖維。在本實例中, 該玻璃用於樣品D及E。 分別藉由緞燒按原樣接收之AR玻璃及ARG玻璃以製備 樣品A及D。對於樣品a及D,AR玻璃及ARG玻璃樣品進行 锻燒熱處理。在該處理中,AR玻璃及Arg玻璃在空氣流 速為1公升/小時之空氣氣氛及600°C的溫度下煅燒4小時。 分別藉由對按原樣接收、非煅燒Ar玻璃及ARG玻璃進 行酸浸處理製備樣品B、C及E。 對於樣品B及C,將約101公克AR玻璃及4公升5.5 wt.0/〇 之确酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠容器 置於90 C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每3〇分鐘用手稍微搖晃 一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾紙之 布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7·6公升去離子水清洗。然 後’在11 o°c之溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小時。 同樣,對於樣品E,將約5 8公克ARG玻璃及4公升5 · 5 126422.doc •98- 200843852 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器内。將該塑膠 容器置於90°C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每15分鐘用手稍微 搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有Whatman 541濾 紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7 · 6公升去離子水清 洗。然後’在11 0 C的溫度下,將經酸浸之樣品乾燥22小 時。 藉由上述用於測定SARCw之分析方法對樣品A-E進行分 析。結果如下表所示。 樣品號 樣品 描述 稀 NaOH 滴定液 濃度(N) 在滴定中,用於使pH值在t〇(V初)時自4.0之初始值調 整至9.0,並在t5、ί1()&amp;ί15(ν5Μ5)時將pH值保持在 9.0所需之滴定液實際體積(毫升)___ V初 〇分鐘 ^=================== 2.1 V5 5分鐘 0 15 Vio 10分鐘 0.125 Vl5 15分鐘 I V螅-V初 空樣 空樣平均值 — — 0.01 — 一 0.15 2.5 一 ' 不適用 -- 一 空樣95% 信賴區間 統計信賴區 間 — ======= 1.44- 2.7〇 V/ · X _ 2:07- 2.93 A 煅燒AR 0.01 2.4 〇 0 0.1 2.5 0.1 B 浸出AR 0.01 2.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.3 _ ------ C 浸出AR 0.01 --二 1.7 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.0 0.3 D 煅燒ARG 6S-750 0.01 1.6 0.4 0.3 0.4 2.7 1.1 —--- E 浸出ARG 6S-750 0.01 2.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.4 126422.doc 99- 200843852 —^__ 樣品號 樣品 IEP S.A.Kr· BET (m2/g) 财⑽队綱疋中之修正滴定液體積 (毫升) 描述 V初 0分鐘 v5 5分鐘 vr 10分鐘 0.125 Vis o.is ———— Vtotal 空樣— 空樣平 均值 不適 用 不適用 2.1 0.15 2.5 修正之 —A 煅燒AR 9.9 〇·13 0.30 -0.15 -0.13 -0.05 修正之 B 浸出AR 9.6 0.16 0.10 -0.05 ------ -0.03 ----—- -0.05 0 修正之 C 浸出AR i測 定 0.16 — — -0.40 -0.05 ------— -0.03 —^— -0,05 -0.5 修正之 D 煅燒 ARG 6S-750 未測 定 0.11 -0.50 0.25 0.18 ^·-0.2 修正之 E 浸出 ARG 6S-750 未測 定 0.12 0.0 0.05 -0.025 Ό.05 ----- -- 0 紅之SARQya 初)/V初 不適用1 間内,所以,SARCva值被認為在統計學上斑办Ant BurkTM HD samples, i.e., glass fibers having an average diameter of about 17 to 2 microns. In this example, the glass was used for samples A, b, and c. An ARG 6S-750 glass sample as produced by Nippon Electric Glass was obtained, i.e., a glass fiber having an average diameter of about 13 microns. In this example, the glass was used for samples D and E. Samples A and D were prepared by separately receiving AR glass and ARG glass by satin burning. For samples a and D, AR glass and ARG glass samples were subjected to calcination heat treatment. In this treatment, AR glass and Arg glass were calcined for 4 hours in an air atmosphere having an air flow rate of 1 liter/hr and a temperature of 600 °C. Samples B, C and E were prepared by acid leaching of the as-received, non-calcined Ar glass and ARG glass, respectively. For samples B and C, approximately 101 grams of AR glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.0/〇 acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a 90 C ventilated oven for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 3 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried for 22 hours at a temperature of 11 °C. Similarly, for sample E, approximately 5 8 grams of ARG glass and 4 liters of 5 · 5 126422.doc • 98- 200843852 wt·% of nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 15 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. The acid leached sample was then dried at a temperature of 11 0 C for 22 hours. Samples A-E were analyzed by the above analytical method for determining SARCw. The results are shown in the table below. Sample No. Sample Description Dilute NaOH Titration Concentration (N) In titration, used to adjust the initial value from 4.0 to 9.0 at t〇 (V initial), and at t5, ί1() &amp; ί15(ν5Μ5 The actual volume of the titrant required to maintain the pH at 9.0 (ml) ___ V first minute ^=================== 2.1 V5 5 minutes 0 15 Vio 10 minutes 0.125 Vl5 15 minutes IV螅-V headspace sample average value — 0.01 — a 0.15 2.5 a 'not applicable -- a null sample 95% confidence interval statistical confidence interval — ======= 1.44- 2.7 〇V/ · X _ 2:07- 2.93 A Calcined AR 0.01 2.4 〇0 0.1 2.5 0.1 B Leaching AR 0.01 2.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.3 _ ------ C Leaching AR 0.01 --2 1.7 0.1 0.1 0.1 2.0 0.3 D Calcined ARG 6S-750 0.01 1.6 0.4 0.3 0.4 2.7 1.1 —--- E Leaching ARG 6S-750 0.01 2.1 0.2 0.1 0.1 2.5 0.4 126422.doc 99- 200843852 —^__ Sample No. Sample IEP SAKr· BET (m2 /g) Correction of titration volume in milliliters (10) Description V initial 0 minutes v5 5 minutes vr 10 minutes 0.125 Vis o.is ———— Vtotal empty sample - empty sample average does not apply uncomfortable 2.1 0.15 2.5 Corrected—A Calcined AR 9.9 〇·13 0.30 -0.15 -0.13 -0.05 Modified B Leaching AR 9.6 0.16 0.10 -0.05 ------ -0.03 ------ -0.05 0 Corrected C Leaching AR i measurement 0.16 — — -0.40 -0.05 ------— -0.03 —^— -0,05 -0.5 Modified D Calcined ARG 6S-750 Not determined 0.11 -0.50 0.25 0.18 ^·-0.2 Corrected E leaching ARG 6S-750 not determined 0.12 0.0 0.05 -0.025 Ό.05 ----- -- 0 Red SARQya initial) / V is not applicable within 1 room, so the SARCva value is considered statistically

」/Q秸賴區 /、二樣平均值 沒有區別。因此,SARC—測定被認為不镝田 w用於該等樣 品° 實例CH-4 A-玻璃- SARCNa 獲得由 Lauscha Fiber International生產,芈沾 τ 5夏捏約為 500-600奈米之A_06F玻璃纖維。在本實例中,兮 碌坡螭用於 樣品A、B及C ° 獲得由 Lauscha Fiber International生產之 α·26ρ 破璃 品,即平均直徑為2 · 6微米的玻璃纖維。在本實例中 玻璃用於樣品D。 126422.doc -100 - 200843852 樣品A為按原樣接收之A-06F-玻璃纖維樣品。 藉由對按原樣接收之非煅燒A-06F-玻璃進行酸浸處理製 備樣品B及C。對於樣品B及C,將約58.5公克A-06F-玻璃 及4公升5.5 wt·%之硝酸各自置於4公升的塑膠廣口容器 内。將該塑膠容器置於90°C之通風烘箱内2小時,且每30 分鐘用手稍微搖晃一下。酸浸處理完成之後,使用帶有 Whatman 541濾紙之布氏漏斗過濾樣品,並使用約7.6公升 去離子水清洗。然後,在110 °C的溫度下,將經酸浸之樣 品乾燥22小時。 獲得由Lauscha Fiber International生產之平均直徑約為 2.6微米(2600奈米)之A-26F玻璃纖維。在本實例中,該玻 璃原樣用於樣品D。 藉由上述用於測疋SARC#a之分析方法對樣品八七進行分 析。結果如下表所示。 樣品號 樣品 描述 稀 NaOH 滴定液濃度 整至9.( 卜’用於使pH值在t〇(V初)時自4.0之初始值調 )’並在ts、t1G及t15(V5M5)時將pH值保持在 之滴定液實際體積(毫升) (N) V初 〇分鐘 v5 5分鐘 Vl〇 鐘 Vis 15分鐘 V熄-V初 空樣平均 值 對照平均值 — — 0.01 --- — _ 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 不適用 A 按原樣接收 A-06 Γ 0.01 16.7 &quot;—------- 1.5 1.2 0.5 ___ 19.9 3.2 B 浸出A-06 0.01 15.4 L4 〇 ο 1 〇 18.7 3.3 C 浸出A-06 —Mil 15.7 ——— 2.3 1.2 1 -Vy 13 20.5 4.8 D A-26F原樣 0.01 5,4 ^-- 0.5 0.3 6.9 1.5 126422.doc -101 - 200843852 樣品號 ============== 樣品 IEP S.A.Kr- I用於SARQva測定中之修正滴定液體積 (毫升) SARc^a W々初)/V初 描述 BET (m2/g) V初 〇分鐘 v5 5分鐘 Vi〇 10分鐘 Vis 15分鐘 匕 空樣平 均值 對照平 均值 不適 用 不適用 0.15 0.125 0.15 ir=^=a='~ , 2.5 不適用 修正之 A ---~,—— A-06 按 原樣接 收 10.1 3.1 14.6 1.35 1.075 0.35 1 17.4 ^ 0.19 修正之 B 浸出 A-06 10.6 3.1 13.3 1.25 0.775 0.85 16.2 0.18^^ 修正之 __C 浸出 A-06 未測 定 3.1 13.6 2.15 1.075 1.15 18.0 0.32^ 修正之 —D A-26F 原樣 未測 定 &lt;5 3.3 0.55 0.375 0.15 4·4 0.25^ 儘管在前面的實施方式中,根據本發明之某些較佳實施 例對發明進行了描述,且為說明之目的,還提出了許多細 節,然熟悉此項技術者顯而易見本發明很可能有其它_此 貫施例’且在不偏離本發明基本原則之基礎上,於此所插 述的某些細節可能有較大不同。 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為對應於在AR型玻璃基質上/内包括鈀之四個樣品每 一個的XPS濺射深度分布圖,其中濺射深度分布圖係使用 PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA(化學分析用光電子譜 儀)Microprobe (Physical Electronics,Inc.)獲得,該 MiCropr〇beTM具有在1486.7電子伏(eV)工作的微聚焦、單 色化之Α1 Κα X射線源。 圖2為對應於在Α型玻璃基質上/内包括鈀之三個樣品每 126422.doc -102- 200843852 一個的XPS濺射深度分布圖,其中濺射深度分布圖係使用 PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA(化學分析用光電子譜 儀)MicroprobeTM (Physical Electronics,Inc·)獲得,該 MicroprobeTM具有在1486.7電子伏工作的微聚焦、單色化 之Α1 Κα X射線源。 / 126422.doc 103 -"/Q straw area /, the two average values are no different. Therefore, the SARC-determination is considered to be not used for the samples. Example CH-4 A-Glass-SARCNa is obtained from Lauscha Fiber International, and the A_06F glass fiber is about 500-600 nm. . In this example, 螭 螭 螭 is used for samples A, B and C ° to obtain α·26ρ granules produced by Lauscha Fiber International, ie glass fibers with an average diameter of 2.6 μm. In this example, glass was used for sample D. 126422.doc -100 - 200843852 Sample A is an A-06F-glass fiber sample received as received. Samples B and C were prepared by acid immersion treatment of the non-calcined A-06F-glass received as received. For samples B and C, approximately 58.5 grams of A-06F-glass and 4 liters of 5.5 wt.% nitric acid were each placed in a 4 liter plastic wide-mouth container. The plastic container was placed in a ventilated oven at 90 ° C for 2 hours and shaken slightly by hand every 30 minutes. After the acid leaching treatment was completed, the sample was filtered using a Buchner funnel with Whatman 541 filter paper and washed with about 7.6 liters of deionized water. Then, the acid immersed sample was dried at a temperature of 110 ° C for 22 hours. A-26F glass fibers having an average diameter of about 2.6 microns (2600 nm) produced by Lauscha Fiber International were obtained. In the present example, the glass was used as it was for sample D. The sample 87 was analyzed by the above analysis method for measuring SARC#a. The results are shown in the table below. The sample number sample describes the concentration of the dilute NaOH titration solution to 9. (Bu' is used to adjust the pH from the initial value of 4.0 at t〇 (V initial)) and the pH is at ts, t1G and t15 (V5M5) The value is kept in the actual volume of the titration solution (ml) (N) V initial minute v5 5 minutes Vl 〇 clock Vis 15 minutes V extinction - V initial sample average control average - 0.01 --- _ 2.1 0.15 0.125 0.15 2.5 Not applicable A Receive A-06 as received Γ 0.01 16.7 &quot;-------- 1.5 1.2 0.5 ___ 19.9 3.2 B Leach A-06 0.01 15.4 L4 〇ο 1 〇18.7 3.3 C Leach A-06 — Mil 15.7 ——— 2.3 1.2 1 -Vy 13 20.5 4.8 D A-26F as it is 0.01 5,4 ^-- 0.5 0.3 6.9 1.5 126422.doc -101 - 200843852 Sample number ============ == Sample IEP SAKr-I for correction of SARQva determination volume of titration solution (ml) SARc^a W々初)/V first description BET (m2/g) V first minute v5 5 minutes Vi〇10 minutes Vis 15 minutes open sample average control average not applicable Not applicable 0.15 0.125 0.15 ir=^=a='~ , 2.5 Not applicable Correction A ---~,—— A-06 Receive as received 10.1 3.1 14.6 1.35 1.075 0. 35 1 17.4 ^ 0.19 Modified B Leaching A-06 10.6 3.1 13.3 1.25 0.775 0.85 16.2 0.18^^ Corrected __C Leaching A-06 Not determined 3.1 13.6 2.15 1.075 1.15 18.0 0.32^ Corrected—D A-26F Not determined &lt;5 3.3 0.55 0.375 0.15 4·4 0.25^ Although in the foregoing embodiments, the invention has been described in accordance with certain preferred embodiments of the invention, and for the purposes of illustration It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the present invention is susceptible to other embodiments and that some of the details recited herein may vary widely without departing from the basic principles of the invention. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is an XPS sputtering depth profile corresponding to each of four samples including palladium on/in an AR-type glass substrate, wherein the sputtering depth profile is PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA (Chemistry) The analytical photoelectron spectrometer was obtained by Microprobe (Physical Electronics, Inc.), which has a microfocus, monochromated Α1 Κα X-ray source operating at 1486.7 electron volts (eV). Figure 2 is an XPS sputter depth profile corresponding to one of 126422.doc -102-200843852 of three samples comprising palladium on/in a bismuth-type glass substrate, wherein the sputter depth profile is PHI Quantum 200 Scanning ESCA ( Chemical analysis was obtained using a photoelectron spectrometer, MicroprobeTM (Physical Electronics, Inc.), which has a microfocus, monochromated Α1 Κα X-ray source operating at 1486.7 electron volts. / 126422.doc 103 -

Claims (1)

200843852 十、申請專利範圍: 1. 一種觸媒組合物,其包括: -具有外表面、表面區域及表面下區域之實質上無孔基 質, …、 -至少一種催化成分,及 -至少一個催化活性區域,其包括該至少一種催化成 分,其中 (a) 該實質上無孔基質具有 〇以遥自由S.Amw、8.八士^灯及其組合組成之 群的方法;£測為介於約〇·〇1 m2/g至瓜2々之間 的總表面積;及 Π)在大於0但小於或等於142ΡΗ值範圍内獲得的預 定等電點(IEP); (b) 该至少一個催化活性區域可為連續或不連續,且具有 i)小於或等於約30奈米的平均厚度;及 π)催化有效量之該至少一種催化成分;且 (c) 該至少一個催化活性區域之位置實質上 i) 在該外表面上, ii) 在該表面區域内, ⑴)部分在該外表面上,且部分在該表面區域内,或 iv)⑷⑴、(ii)及(出)之組合。 2· U項1之組合物’其中該至少一種催化成分係選自 由以下成分組成之群:布忍司特(Bronsted)或路易士 ( )酉文布心司特或路易士鹼、貴金屬陽離子及貴金 126422.doc 200843852 雜陽離子及陰離子、過渡金屬陽離子及過渡金屬錯 合%離子及陰離子、過渡金屬氧陰離子、過渡金屬硫屬 化物陰離子、主旎备哈缺2 ^ 虱陰離子、鹵化物、稀土離子、稀土 錯合%離子及陰離子、貴金屬、過渡金屬、過渡金屬氧 :物、過渡金屬硫化物、過渡金屬氧硫化物、過渡金屬 厌化物過渡金屬氮化物、過渡金屬删化物、過渡金屬 鱗化物、稀土氫氧化物、稀土氧化物及其組合。 士月长員1之組合物’其中在該觸媒組合物處於穩態反 應條件下之前,該至少—種催化成分為第—催, 其具有 (a)第一預反應氧化態,及 (b) 與該基質之間的第一預反應相互作用,其選自由離 子電荷相互作用、靜電電荷相互作用及其組合組成 之群。 4. 如請求項3之組合物’其中該第一催化成分係選自由 酸、驗、硫屬化物及其組合組成之群。 5. 如請求項3之組合物’其中在該觸媒組合物處於穩態反 應條件下之前’至少一部分該第一催化成分係經改質或 置換以生成第二催化成分,其具有 (4第二預反應氧化態,及 (b)與該基質之間相應的第二預反應相互作用 其:’該第二催化成分之第二預反應氧化態小於、大於 6. 或等於該第一催化成分之第一預反應氧化態。 如請求項5之組合物,其中該第二 限化成分係選自由 126422.doc 200843852 把銷、姥、銀、釕、餓、銅、銀、金、釕、銖、鎳、 錯、鐵、錳、鉻及其組合組成之群。 Ί·如請求項1之組合物,其中該基質為SARCNa小於或等於 約〇 · 5的破璃組合物。 8,如睛求項1之組合物,其中該至少一個催化活性區域實 質上集中在平均厚度小於或等於約2〇奈米的區域中。 9. 如請求項1之組合物,其中該實質上無孔基質係選自由 AR玻璃、稀土矽酸鈉玻璃、硼鋁矽酸鹽玻璃、E玻璃、 無硼E玻璃、s玻璃、R玻璃、稀土 _矽酸鹽玻璃、Ba_Ti_ 石夕酸鹽玻璃、氮化玻璃、A玻璃、C玻璃及CC玻璃及其 組合組成之群。 10. 如請求項1之組合物,其中在第一次浸出處理之前或之 後’該實質上無孔基質所獲得之IEP大於或等於約6〇, 但小於14。 126422.doc200843852 X. Patent application scope: 1. A catalyst composition comprising: - a substantially non-porous substrate having an outer surface, a surface region and a subsurface region, - at least one catalytic component, and - at least one catalytic activity a region comprising the at least one catalytic component, wherein (a) the substantially non-porous matrix has a method of grouping a group of samarium freely S. Amw, 8. october lamps, and combinations thereof;总·〇1 m2/g to melon 2々 total surface area; and Π) a predetermined isoelectric point (IEP) obtained within a range of greater than 0 but less than or equal to 142ΡΗ; (b) the at least one catalytically active region May be continuous or discontinuous, and having i) an average thickness of less than or equal to about 30 nanometers; and π) a catalytically effective amount of the at least one catalytic component; and (c) the position of the at least one catalytically active region is substantially i On the outer surface, ii) in the surface region, (1)) a portion on the outer surface, and a portion in the surface region, or a combination of iv) (4) (1), (ii), and (out). 2. The composition of U item 1 wherein the at least one catalytic component is selected from the group consisting of: Bronsted or Louise (Bronsted or Bruce) or Lewis base, precious metal cations and expensive Gold 126422.doc 200843852 Heterocations and anions, transition metal cations and transition metal complex % ions and anions, transition metal oxyanions, transition metal chalcogenides anions, main preparations, 2 虱 anions, halides, rare earth ions , rare earth misregistered % ions and anions, noble metals, transition metals, transition metal oxygen species, transition metal sulfides, transition metal oxysulfides, transition metal analytic transition metal nitrides, transition metal deletions, transition metal scalides, Rare earth hydroxides, rare earth oxides, and combinations thereof. The composition of the sergeant 1 wherein the at least one catalytic component is a first catalyzed prior to the catalyst composition being in a steady state reaction condition, having (a) a first pre-reactive oxidation state, and (b) And a first pre-reaction interaction with the substrate selected from the group consisting of ionic charge interactions, electrostatic charge interactions, and combinations thereof. 4. The composition of claim 3 wherein the first catalytic component is selected from the group consisting of acids, assays, chalcogenides, and combinations thereof. 5. The composition of claim 3, wherein at least a portion of the first catalytic component is modified or substituted to form a second catalytic component prior to the catalyst composition being in a steady state reaction condition, having (4) a second pre-reacted oxidation state, and (b) a second pre-reaction interaction with the substrate: 'the second pre-reactive oxidation state of the second catalytic component is less than, greater than 6. or equal to the first catalytic component The first pre-reactive oxidation state. The composition of claim 5, wherein the second limiting component is selected from the group consisting of: 126422.doc 200843852, pin, bismuth, silver, bismuth, starving, copper, silver, gold, bismuth, bismuth A composition comprising the composition of claim 1, wherein the substrate is a glass composition having a SARCNa of less than or equal to about 〇·5. The composition of claim 1, wherein the at least one catalytically active region is substantially concentrated in a region having an average thickness of less than or equal to about 2 nanometers. 9. The composition of claim 1, wherein the substantially non-porous matrix is selected Free AR glass, rare earth citrate glass Boron aluminum silicate glass, E glass, boron-free E glass, s glass, R glass, rare earth silicate glass, Ba_Ti_ silicate glass, nitride glass, A glass, C glass and CC glass and 10. The composition of claim 1, 10. The composition of claim 1, wherein the IEP obtained by the substantially non-porous substrate is greater than or equal to about 6 〇 but less than 14 before or after the first leaching treatment. 126422.doc
TW096142576A 2006-11-11 2007-11-09 Functional surface catalyst composition TW200843852A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US86542506P 2006-11-11 2006-11-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200843852A true TW200843852A (en) 2008-11-16

Family

ID=39144309

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096142576A TW200843852A (en) 2006-11-11 2007-11-09 Functional surface catalyst composition
TW096142319A TW200848157A (en) 2006-11-11 2007-11-09 Layered catalyst composition
TW096142574A TW200902146A (en) 2006-11-11 2007-11-09 Compound catalyst composition

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096142319A TW200848157A (en) 2006-11-11 2007-11-09 Layered catalyst composition
TW096142574A TW200902146A (en) 2006-11-11 2007-11-09 Compound catalyst composition

Country Status (6)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2081678A2 (en)
CN (1) CN101583419A (en)
BR (1) BRPI0718718A2 (en)
RU (1) RU2009122378A (en)
TW (3) TW200843852A (en)
WO (3) WO2008060965A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
RU2722157C1 (en) 2015-07-22 2020-05-27 Басф Корпорейшн Catalysts with high geometrical surface area for producing vinyl acetate monomer
WO2017074909A1 (en) 2015-10-27 2017-05-04 W. R. Grace & Co.-Conn. Acid-resistant catalyst supports and catalysts
CA3071238A1 (en) * 2017-07-28 2019-01-31 Rohm And Haas Company A method for production of methyl methacrylate by oxidative esterification using a heterogeneous catalyst
CN115025781B (en) * 2022-06-13 2023-08-29 中国石油大学(华东) Catalyst for catalyzing non-hydrogenation and preparation method and application thereof

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB8620982D0 (en) * 1986-08-29 1986-10-08 Shell Int Research Catalyst preparation
DE3740289A1 (en) * 1987-11-27 1989-06-08 Degussa CATALYST FOR THE SELECTIVE REDUCTION OF NITROGEN OXIDES WITH AMMONIA
US6165429A (en) * 1997-01-10 2000-12-26 Toyota Jidosha Kabushiki Kaisha Exhaust gas purifying catalyst and exhaust gas purifying method
DE19743100A1 (en) * 1997-09-30 1999-04-01 Degussa Process for the production of a coated catalyst
EP1044935A1 (en) * 1999-04-13 2000-10-18 Ecole Polytechnique Federale De Lausanne A low weight resistant porous glass fiber having physical, chemical or biological properties
JP4041952B2 (en) * 2002-03-28 2008-02-06 株式会社日本触媒 Gold ultrafine particle support and catalyst comprising the support
JP2006068665A (en) * 2004-09-03 2006-03-16 Toyota Motor Corp Method for producing catalyst for cleaning exhaust gas and catalyst for cleaning exhaust gas

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2008060977A2 (en) 2008-05-22
TW200848157A (en) 2008-12-16
WO2008060965A3 (en) 2008-08-07
RU2009122378A (en) 2010-12-20
WO2008060965A2 (en) 2008-05-22
EP2081678A2 (en) 2009-07-29
WO2008060979A2 (en) 2008-05-22
TW200902146A (en) 2009-01-16
WO2008060977A3 (en) 2008-07-03
BRPI0718718A2 (en) 2013-12-03
CN101583419A (en) 2009-11-18
WO2008060979A3 (en) 2008-10-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW200843851A (en) Hydrogenation Processes Using Functional Surface Catalyst Composition
TW200843850A (en) Selective hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200843852A (en) Functional surface catalyst composition
US20110172088A1 (en) Functional Surface Catalyst Composition
TW200836829A (en) Functional surface catalyst composition
TW200902144A (en) Oxidation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200843847A (en) Selective hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200843848A (en) Hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
US20100273645A1 (en) Functional Surface Catalyst Composition
TW200843846A (en) Oxidation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200843849A (en) Layered catalyst composition
TW200902143A (en) Dehydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200848158A (en) Dehydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200836830A (en) Hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200843845A (en) Dehydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
WO2008060992A2 (en) Selective hydrogenation processes using functional surface catalyst composition
TW200843858A (en) Oxidation processes using functional surface catalyst composition